Category Archive Health A – Z

ByRx Harun

LCL Injury – Causes, Symptoms, Diagnosis, Treatment

LCL Injury/Lateral Collateral Ligament Injury is the primary varus stabilizer of the tibiofemoral joint. Diagnosing an injury to this ligament can be challenging in the setting of multi ligamentous trauma; however, failure to recognize these injuries can result in instability of the knee and unsatisfactory outcomes after cruciate ligament reconstruction. Recent literature exploring the anatomy and biomechanics of the lateral collateral ligament has enhanced our understanding and improved diagnosis and management of these injuries.

Lateral collateral ligament (LCL) sprain occurs when the ligament on the outer side of the knee is overstretched. LCL sprains mainly happen during sporting activities, including contact and non-contact sports, and affect women and men equally. A physical therapist treats LCL sprains to reduce pain, swelling, stiffness, and any associated weakness in the knee or lower extremity.

The lateral collateral ligament (LCL) is one of four critical ligaments involved in stabilizing the knee joint. Stabilizing the knee on the outside, or lateral side, of the joint, it extends from the top-outside surface of the fibula, the bone on the outside of the lower leg, to the bottom-outside surface of the femur, the thigh bone. A lateral collateral ligament injury involves a stretch, partial tear, or complete tear of this particular knee ligament. In some instances, the injury is significant enough to cause an avulsion fracture of the fibular head (out top area of the shin bone).

Types of  Lateral Collateral Ligament Injury

The lateral collateral ligament injury may be classified as follows

  • Grade 1 — Some tenderness and minor pain at the point of the injury. This means there have been small tears in the ligament.
  • Grade 2 — Noticeable looseness in the knee (the knee opens up about 5 millimeters) when moved by hand. There is a major pain, tenderness, and swelling on the inner side of the knee. This means there have been larger tears in the ligament, but it is not completely torn.
  • Grade 3 — Considerable pain and tenderness at the inner side of the knee; some swelling and marked joint instability. The knee opens up slightly less than half an inch when moved. A grade 3 LCL tear means the ligament is completely torn. There may also be a tear of the anterior cruciate ligament.

Causes of Lateral Collateral Ligament Injury

LCL tears are commonly seen in contact sports or activities that involve twisting and heavy lifting. They can occur in the following instances

  • When the inside (medial side) of the knee is hit directly – such as during soccer or a football tackle, putting extra stress on the LCL on the outside (lateral side) the knee
  • Quickly changing directions – such as cutting or pivoting maneuvers, which puts unusual pressure on the knee causing the ligament to stretch or tear
  • Landing awkwardly on the knee – which may happen after a jump in volleyball or basketball
  • Hyperextending the knee – which is caused when the joint is pushed passed its normal range of motion either forwards or backward
  • Squatting or lifting heavy objects – such as during weightlifting or in physical occupations.
  • Motor vehicle accidents – A dashboard injury occurs when the driver’s or passenger’s bent knee slams against the dashboard, pushing in the shinbone just below the knee and causing a tear.
  • Contact sports – Athletes in sports such as football and soccer can tear their ligament when they fall on a bent knee with their foot pointed down. The shinbone hits the ground first and it moves backward. Being tackled when your knee is bent also can cause this injury.
  • The knee is hit directly – especially during sports like soccer, rugby, and football
  • A person lands on a bent knee – such as during a fall or misstep
  • Landing directly on the front of the shinbone – such as when a dancer comes down from a leap and falls
  • A person makes cutting or pivoting maneuvers – such as when an athlete plants a foot and shifts directions
  • A person lands on one leg – which can happen after a jump in basketball or volleyball
  • A direct blow to the bent knee in an automobile injury
  • A sports-related injury in which the knee bends
  • Pulling on the ligament in a twisting injury or hyperextension
  • A misstep on uneven terrain
  • When the knee is hit directly on its outer side, such as from a football tackle
  • As a result of cutting maneuvers, when an athlete plants a foot and forcefully shifts direction

Symptoms of Lateral Collateral Ligament Injury

People with knee lateral collateral ligament (LCL) injuries often report a combination of the following symptoms:

  • Pain along the outside of the knee – This can be mild to severe depending on the severity of the tear. Pain and swelling on the outside or posterolateral aspect of the knee
  • Tenderness – The outside of the knee may be painful to the touch.
  • Swelling along the outside of the knee – This can happen immediately following the injury or develop up to 2 or 3 hours after it occurred. Swelling and tenderness along the outside of the knee
  • Decreased range of motion – Certain movements, such as bending at the knee, may be difficult.
  • Knee catching or locking – The knee may feel like it gets stuck during movement; a person may have difficulty fully bending or extending the knee.
  • Bruising – Some people may experience bruising around the outside of the knee, which is caused by tiny blood vessel tears under the skin.
  • Trouble bearing weight – Depending on the severity of the injury, a person may have difficulty bearing weight on the affected leg, such as when standing and walking. People with more severe tears may develop instability and feel as if the knee is going to buckle or give way.
  • Foot numbness – A person may experience foot numbness if the peroneal nerve, located near the LCL, is stretched during the injury or affected by tissue swelling. Numbness or weakness in the foot may occur if the peroneal nerve, which is near the ligament is stretched during the injury or is pressed by swelling in surrounding tissues.
  • Pain with walking or bending the knee
  • Feelings of instability (knee giving out) while walking or doing an activity
  • Mechanical symptoms (locking, catching) may indicate associated meniscus injury
  • A feeling that the knee may give way under stress and isn’t stable
  • A locking or catching in the joint when it is moved
  • Pain that can be mild or acute
  • Stiffness

Diagnosis of Lateral Collateral Ligament Injury

Physical Exam

Testing of the knee joint should be done using the following techniques and the findings compared to the contralateral, normal knee:[rx][rx]

  • Valgus stress at 0° and 20° – This test puts direct stress on the medial knee structures, reproducing the mechanism of injury. Valgus stress testing is done with the patient supine on the exam table. The lower extremity, supported by the examiner, is abducted. The examiner’s fingers monitor the medial joint space for gapping while placing the opposite hand on the ankle. The knee is placed in 20° of flexion. The examiner then uses their own thigh as a fulcrum at the knee and applies a valgus force (pulling the foot and ankle away from the patient’s body). The force is then used to establish the amount of gapping present within the joint. It has been reported that 20° of flexion is best for isolating the MCL, allowing the practitioner to establish the degree of injury (see Classification). Additional testing is done at 0° to determine if a Grade III injury is present.[rx][rx]
  • Valgus stress testing –  is the best way to test the integrity of the MCL directly. The patient should be positioned supine with the hip abducted on the affected side so that the leg is unsupported off the table. The knee should be brought into 30 degrees of flexion. The examiner should grasp the ankle with one hand and push the ankle laterally while applying a valgus force to the knee with the other hand.
  • Anteromedial drawer test – This test is performed with the patient supine with the knee flexed to 80-90°. The foot is externally rotated 10-15° and the examiner supplies an anterior and external rotational force. The joint can then be evaluated for tibial anteromedial rotation, taking care to recognize the possibility of posterolateral corner instability giving similar rotational test results. As always, compare the test in the opposite knee.[rx][rx][rx]
  • Dial Test (anteromedial rotation test) – This test should be executed with the patient lying both supine and prone. When the patient is supine, the knees must be flexed 30° off the table. The thigh is then stabilized and the foot externally rotated. The examiner watches for the tibial tubercle of the affected knee to rotate as the foot rotates, comparing it to the contralateral knee. A positive test will show the rotation of greater than 10-15° of rotation compared to the opposite knee. This is most easily assessed with a hand placed over the tibia while testing. When the patient is prone, the knee is flexed to 90° and both feet are externally rotated and compared, noting the difference from the non-injured joint. Similar to the anteromedial drawer test, a false positive test can result from a posterolateral corner injury. Testing at both 30° and 90° helps to distinguish between these injuries: one should monitor where the tibial rotation occurs (anteromedial or posterolateral) in the supine position and also assess for medial or lateral joint line gapping to differentiate between these two injuries.[rx][rx][rx]

Imaging Test

  • X-rays – use low levels of radiation and give doctors a view of a person’s bones. Although LCL injuries do not show up on standard X-ray exams, they are a relatively inexpensive, fast way to rule out other possible injuries that might be causing the symptoms. Additionally, a stress X-ray—where a physician applies a valgus force to the knee during the exam—can help to determine the degree of ligamentous injury.
  • Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) – shows a detailed view of the soft tissue surrounding the knee joint. An MRI can also help a doctor determine the location and grade of an LCL tear.
  • Ultrasound imaging – uses high-frequency sound waves to build a picture of the knee’s tissues. Ultrasound can be utilized in situations when an MRI is not recommended. Ultrasound may also be used in an urgent care setting to make an immediate assessment, allowing the injury to be treated more quickly.

Treatment of Lateral Collateral Ligament Injury

Immediately following the injury, the RICE method is recommended

  • Rest – Activities that cause knee pain, such as running or walking for long periods of time, should be avoided until pain and swelling go away. The activity that caused the injury should be avoided until fully recovered.
  • Ice – A person may wish to apply ice packs to the area to help reduce pain and swelling. Ice packs can be applied several times throughout the day for about 10 to 20 minutes at a time.
  • Compression – Swelling can be managed by wearing an elastic bandage around the affected knee.
  • Elevation – Keeping the knee elevated and supported above the waist—for example, sitting in a recliner or lying down with the knee propped up on pillows—may help with swelling.
  • Wear a knee cap – that allows the knee to move forward and backward but restricts side-to-side movement. Apply minimally restrictive lateral hinge brace (grade II or III injuries).
  • Use crutches – to avoid weight-bearing. Crutches are not needed in all cases. Dispense crutches; allow weight-bearing as tolerated.
  • Bracing – Your knee must be protected from the same sideways force that caused the injury. You may need to change your daily activities to avoid risky movements. Your doctor may recommend a brace to protect the injured ligament from stress. To further protect your knee, you may be given crutches to keep you from putting weight on you.

Physiotherapy

  • Reduce Pain and Swelling – Your physical therapist may use different types of treatments and technologies to control and reduce your pain and swelling, including ice, heat, ultrasound, electrical stimulation, taping, exercises, and hands-on therapy, such as massage.
  • Improve Motion – Your physical therapist will choose specific activities and treatments to help restore normal movement in the knee and leg. These might begin with “passive” motions that your physical therapist performs for you to gently move your leg and knee joint, and progress to active exercises and stretches that you do yourself.
  • Improve Flexibility – Your physical therapist will determine if any of your leg muscles are tight, and teach you how to stretch them.
  • Improve Strength – Certain exercises will aid healing at each stage of recovery. Your physical therapist will choose the exercises and equipment that are right for your specific condition to steadily restore your strength and agility. These may include cuff weights, stretch bands, weight-lifting equipment, and cardio exercise equipment, such as treadmills or stationary bicycles.
  • Improve Balance and Agility – Regaining your sense of balance is important after an injury. For athletes, restoring agility is important, also. Your physical therapist will teach you exercises to improve your balance and agility skills.
  • Speed Recovery Time – Your physical therapist is trained and experienced in choosing the best treatments and exercises to help you heal, return to your normal lifestyle, and reach your goals faster than you are likely to do on your own.
  • Return to Activities – Your physical therapist will discuss your goals with you and use them to set your work, sport, and home-life recovery goals. Your treatment program will help you reach those goals in the safest, fastest, and most effective way possible. Your physical therapist will teach you exercises, work retraining activities, and sport-specific techniques and drills to help you achieve your goals.

Medication

If the injury is severe and pain is intolerable the following medicine can be considered to prescribe

  • Take anti-inflammatory medications – Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), like will help with pain and swelling. However, these drugs can have side effects, such as an increased risk of bleeding and ulcers. They should be only used occasionally unless your doctor specifically says otherwise.
  • Antibiotic – Cefuroxime or Azithromycin, or  Flucloxacillin or any other cephalosporin/quinolone antibiotic must be used to prevent infection or clotted blood remove to prevent furthers swelling and edema.
  • NSAIDs – Prescription-strength drugs that reduce both pain and inflammation. Pain medicines and anti-inflammatory drugs help to relieve pain and stiffness, allowing for increased mobility and exercise. There are many common over-the-counter medicines called non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). They include and KetorolacAceclofenacNaproxen, Etoricoxib.
  • Corticosteroids – Also known as oral steroids, these medications reduce inflammation.
  • Muscle Relaxants –  These medications provide relief from associated muscle spasms.
  • Neuropathic Agents – Drugs(pregabalin & gabapentin) that address neuropathic—or nerve-related—pain. This includes burning, numbness, and tingling.
  • Opioids – Also known as narcotics, these medications are intense pain relievers that should only be used under a doctor’s careful supervision.
  • Topical Medications – These prescription-strength creams, gels, ointments, patches, and sprays help relieve pain and inflammation through the skin.
  • Calcium & vitamin D3 – to improve bone health and healing fracture. As a general rule, men and women age 50 and older should consume 1,200 milligrams of calcium a day, and 600 international units of vitamin D a day.
  • Antidepressants – A drug that blocks pain messages from your brain and boosts the effects of endorphins (your body’s natural painkillers).
  • Glucosamine & DiacereinChondroitin sulfate – can be used to tightening the loose tension, cartilage, ligament, and cartilage, ligament regenerates cartilage or inhabits the further degeneration of cartilage, ligament. They are structural components of articular cartilage, and the thought is that a supplement will aid in the health of articular cartilage.
  • Intra-articular corticosteroid injections – may be useful for symptomatic injury especially where there is a considerable inflammatory component. The delivery of the corticosteroid directly into the knee may reduce local inflammation associated with injury and minimize the systemic effects of the steroid.
  • Intra-articular hyaluronic acid injections (HA) – injections are another injectable option for a knee injury. HA is a glycosaminoglycan that is found throughout the human body and is an important component of synovial fluid and articular cartilage. HA breaks down during the process of ligament injury and contributes to the loss of articular cartilage as well as stiffness and pain. Local delivery of HA into the joint acts as a lubricant and may help increase the natural production of HA in the joint.
  • Platelet-rich plasma (PRP) injection – newer therapy where a blood sample is taken from the patient, spun in a centrifuge, growth factors are isolated and then they are injected back into the affected site to stimulate faster healing.

Surgery

If your LCL tore all the way through, you may need to have surgery to repair it. Athletes who want to play sports again may opt for surgery, for instance.

  • The surgeon may stitch up your torn LCL or attach it to the bone where it tore. It depends on how you damaged your ligament. LCL surgery is an “open-knee procedure,” which means the surgeon can’t work through smaller arthroscopic cuts, as with some other types of knee surgery.

Rehabilitation

The rehabilitation for a non-operative treatment can be split into four phases:

  • Phase one –  is from one to two weeks. Phase one consists of controlling the swelling of the knee by applying ice for 15 minutes every two hours (first two days). The rest of the week the frequency can be reduced to three times a day. Use ice as tolerated and as needed based on symptoms. In the beginning, the patient needs to use crutches. Early weight bearing is encouraged because patients who increasing their weight-bearing, they can progressively reduce their dependence on crutches. Afterward, progress to one crutch and let the patient stop using the crutches only when normal gait is possible. Another aim of this phase is to try to maintain the ability to straighten and bend the knee from 0° to 90° knee flexion. For achieving the range of motion of the knee it is important to emphasize full extension and progress flexion as tolerated. Pain-free stretches for the hamstrings, quads, groin and calf muscles (in particular) are suggested. At last, there are therapeutic exercises. The patient may begin with static strengthening exercises (as soon as pain allows it). They consist for example of Quadricpes sets, straight leg raises, range-of-motion exercises, sitting hip flexion, side-lying hip abduction, standing hip extension, standing, and hamstring curls. As soon as patients can tolerate it, they are encouraged to ride a stationary bike to improve the range of motion of the knee. This would ensure accelerated healing. The amount of time and effort on the stationary bike is increased as tolerated. Obviously, every patient is different and these are not the standard exercises that have to be given to patients. There are no limits on upper extremity workouts that do not affect the injured knee[rx]. It’s important that the patient rests from all painful activities (use crutches if necessary), and that the MCL is well protected (by wearing a stabilized knee brace).
  • Starting at week three-phase two begins – The aims for the range of motion are the same as in phase one. Progress to 20 minutes of biking. Increase also the resistance as tolerated by the patient. Biking will ensure healing, rebuild strength, and maintain aerobic conditioning. The physiotherapist can give other exercises like Hamstring curls, leg presses (double-leg), and step-ups. As a precaution, the patient has the chance to be examined by a physician every three weeks to verify the healing of the ligament[rx].
  • Phase three starts from week five –  A major goal for this phase: full weight-bearing on the injured knee. Discontinue the use of a brace when ambulating with full weight-bearing is possible and there is no gait deviation. The range of motion has to be fully achieved and had to be symmetrical with the not injured knee. The therapeutic exercises are the same as in phase two. They may benefit progression. We continue with cold therapy and compression to eliminate swelling. In this phase, you can commence with balance and proprioceptive activities. To maintain aerobic fitness the patient can use the stepper or (if possible) may begin to swim. As a precaution, the patient has the chance to be examined by a physician every five to six weeks. When needed, you can be allowed to make stress radiography as a precaution.[rx]
  • Six weeks after injuring the knee, phase four can begin – Discontinue wearing the brace during the gait. Athletics can wear the brace for competition through the competitive season for at least three months. Cold therapy still needs to be applied. The aim of the therapeutic exercises is more focused on sport-specific or daily movements. The intensity of the strengthening exercises needs to be increased and instead of double leg exercises, we change to single-leg exercises. The patient may start running again at a comfortable pace (make sure the patient doesn’t make sudden changes of direction). As a precaution, it is best to return the competition once full motion and strength is returned and when the patient passes a sport functional test[rx].

How To Do The Exercises for Lateral Collateral Ligament Injury

Knee Flexion With Heel Slide

Picture of how to do knee flexion with heel slide

Slide 1 Of 10, Knee Flexion With Heel Slide,

  • Lie on your back with your knees bent.
  • Slide your heel back by bending your affected knee as far as you can. Then hook your other foot around your ankle to help pull your heel even farther back.
  • Hold for about 6 seconds, then rest for up to 10 seconds.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Heel Slides On A Wall

Pictures of how to do heel slides on a wall

Slide 2 Of 10, Heel Slides On A Wall,

  • Lie on the floor close enough to a wall so that you can place both legs up on the wall. Your hips should be as close to the wall as is comfortable for you.
  • Start with both feet resting on the wall. Slowly let the foot of your affected leg slide down the wall until you feel a stretch in your knee.
  • Hold for 15 to 30 seconds.
  • Then slowly slide your foot up to where you started.
  • Repeat 2 to 4 times.

Quad Sets

Picture of how to do quadriceps exercise

Slide 3 Of 10, Quad Sets,

  • Sit with your affected leg straight and supported on the floor or a firm bed. Place a small, rolled-up towel under your knee. Your other leg should be bent, with that foot flat on the floor.
  • Tighten the thigh muscles of your affected leg by pressing the back of your knee down into the towel.
  • Hold for about 6 seconds, then rest for up to 10 seconds.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Short-Arc Quad

Picture of how to do short-arc quad exercise

Slide 4 Of 10, Short-Arc Quad,

  • Lie on your back with your knees bent over a foam roll or a large rolled-up towel.
  • Lift the lower part of your affected leg and straighten your knee by tightening your thigh muscle. Keep the bottom of your knee on the foam roll or rolled-up towel.
  • Hold your knee straight for about 6 seconds, then slowly bend your knee and lower your leg back to the floor. Rest for up to 10 seconds between repetitions.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Straight-Leg Raises To The Front

Picture of how to do straight-leg raise exercise

Slide 5 Of 10, Straight-Leg Raises To The Front,

  • Lie on your back with your good knee bent so that your foot rests flat on the floor. Your affected leg should be straight. Make sure that your low back has a normal curve. You should be able to slip your hand in between the floor and the small of your back, with your palm touching the floor and your back touching the back of your hand.
  • Tighten the thigh muscles in your affected leg by pressing the back of your knee flat down to the floor. Hold your knee straight.
  • Keeping the thigh muscles tight and your leg straight, lift your affected leg up so that your heel is about 30 centimeters off the floor. Hold for about 6 seconds, then lower slowly.
  • Relax for up to 10 seconds between repetitions.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Hamstring Set (Heel Dig)

Picture of how to do seated hamstring exercise

Slide 6 Of 10, Hamstring Set (Heel Dig),

  • Sit with your affected leg bent. Your good leg should be straight and supported on the floor.
  • Tighten the muscles on the back of your bent leg (hamstring) by pressing your heel into the floor.
  • Hold for about 6 seconds, then rest for up to 10 seconds.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Hip Adduction

Picture of how to do hip adduction exercise

Slide 7 Of 10, Hip Adduction,

  • Sit on the floor with your knees bent.
  • Place a pillow between your knees.
  • Put your hands slightly behind your hips for support.
  • Squeeze the pillow by tightening the muscles on the inside of your thighs.
  • Hold for 6 seconds, then rest for up to 10 seconds.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Hip Abduction

Picture of how to do hip abduction exercise

Slide 8 Of 10, Hip Abduction,

  • Sit on the floor with your affected knee close to a wall.
  • Bend your affected knee but keep the other leg straight in front of you.
  • Place a pillow between the outside of your knee and the wall.
  • Put your hands slightly behind your hips for support.
  • Push the outside of your knee against the pillow and the wall.
  • Hold for 6 seconds, then rest for up to 10 seconds.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Lateral Step-Up

Picture of how to do lateral step-up exercise

Slide 9 Of 10, Lateral Step-Up,

  • Stand sideways on the bottom step of a staircase with your injured leg on the step and your other foot on the floor. Hold on to the banister or wall.
  • Use your injured leg to raise yourself up, bringing your other foot level with the stair step. Make sure to keep your hips level as you do this. And try to keep your knee moving in a straight line with your middle toe. Do not put the foot you are raising on the stair step.
  • Slowly lower your foot back down.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Wall Squats With Ball

Picture of how to do wall squats with ball

Slide 10 Of 10, Wall Squats With Ball,

  • Stand with your back facing a wall. Place your feet about a shoulder-width apart.
  • Place the therapy ball between your back and the wall, and move your feet out in front of you so they are about 30 centimeters in front of your hips.
  • Keep your arms at your sides, or put your hands on your hips.
  • Slowly squat down as if you are going to sit in a chair, rolling your back over the ball as you squat. The ball should move with you but stay pressed into the wall.
  • Be sure that your knees do not go in front of your toes as you squat.
  • Hold for 6 seconds.
  • Slowly rise to your standing position.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

How Do I Get Ready For A Knee Ligament Repair?

  • Your healthcare provider will explain the procedure to you and offer you the chance to ask any questions that you might have about the procedure.
  • You will be asked to sign a consent form that gives your permission to do the procedure. Read the form carefully and ask questions if something is not clear.
  • In addition to complete medical history, your healthcare provider may perform a complete physical exam to ensure you are in good health before undergoing the procedure. You may undergo blood tests or other diagnostic tests.
  • Tell your healthcare provider if you are sensitive to or are allergic to any medicines, latex, tape, and anesthetic agents (local and general).
  • Tell your healthcare provider of all medicines (prescribed and over-the-counter) and herbal supplements that you are taking.
  • Tell your healthcare provider if you have a history of bleeding disorders or if you are taking any anticoagulant (blood-thinning) medicines, aspirin, or other medicines that affect blood clotting. It may be necessary for you to stop these medicines before the procedure.
  • If you are pregnant or suspect that you are pregnant, you should notify your healthcare provider.
  • You will be asked to fast for 8 hours before the procedure, generally after midnight.
  • You may receive a sedative prior to the procedure to help you relax. Because the sedative may make you drowsy, you will need to arrange for someone to drive you home.
  • You may meet with a physical therapist prior to your surgery to discuss rehabilitation.
  • Arrange for someone to help around the house for a week or two after you are discharged from the hospital.
  • Based on your health condition, your healthcare provider may request other specific preparations.

What Happens During A Knee Ligament Repair?

Knee ligament repair may be done on an outpatient basis or rarely as part of your stay in a hospital. Procedures may vary depending on your condition and your healthcare provider’s practices.

Knee ligament repair may be performed while you are asleep under general anesthesia, or while you are awake under spinal anesthesia. If spinal anesthesia is used, you will have no feeling from your waist down. Your healthcare provider will discuss this with you in advance.

Generally, knee ligament repair surgery follows this process

  • You will be asked to remove clothing and will be given a gown to wear.
  • An intravenous (IV) line may be started in your arm or hand.
  • You will be positioned on the operating table.
  • The anesthesiologist will continuously monitor your heart rate, blood pressure, breathing, and blood oxygen level during the surgery.
  • The skin over the surgical site will be cleansed with an antiseptic solution.
  • The healthcare provider will make several small incisions in the knee area.
  • The healthcare provider will do the surgery using an arthroscope (a small tube-shaped instrument that is inserted into a joint). The healthcare provider may reattach the torn ligament or reconstruct the torn ligament by using a portion (graft) of the patellar tendon (that connects the kneecap to the tibia), the hamstring tendon (from the back of the thigh), or other autografts. The tendon graft may come from the person (autograft) or from an organ donor (allograft).
  • The healthcare provider will drill small holes in the tibia and femur where the torn ligament was attached.
  • The healthcare provider will thread the graft through the holes and attach it with surgical staples, screws, or other
    means. Bone eventually grows around the graft.
  • The incision will be closed with stitches or surgical staples.
  • A sterile bandage or dressing will be applied.

What Happens After A Knee Ligament Repair?

After the surgery, you will be taken to the recovery room for observation. Your recovery process will vary depending on the type of anesthesia that is given. Once your blood pressure, pulse, and breathing are stable and you are alert, you will be taken to your hospital room or discharged to your home. Knee ligament repair is usually done on an outpatient basis.

You may be given crutches and a knee immobilizer before you go home.

Once you are home, it is important to keep the surgical area clean and dry. Your healthcare provider will give you specific bathing instructions. The stitches or surgical staples will be removed during a follow-up office visit.

Take a pain reliever for soreness as recommended by your healthcare provider. Aspirin or certain other pain medicines may increase the chance of bleeding. Be sure to take only recommended medicines.

To help reduce swelling, you may be asked to elevate your leg and apply an ice bag to the knee several times per day for the first few days. Your healthcare provider will arrange for an exercise program to help you regain muscle strength, stability, and range of motion. Physical therapy is a key part of recovery.

Tell your healthcare provider if you have any of the following:

  • Fever or chills
  • Redness, swelling, bleeding, or another drainage from the incision site
  • Increased pain around the incision site
  • Numbness or tingling in the leg
  • Calf swelling or tenderness

You may resume your normal diet unless your healthcare provider advises you differently.

Because of the limited mobility, it may be hard for a few weeks to resume your normal daily activities. You may need someone at home to assist you. You should not drive until your healthcare provider tells you to. Other activity restrictions may apply. Full recovery from the surgery and rehab may take several months.

Your healthcare provider may give you additional or alternate instructions after the procedure, depending on your particular situation.

ByRx Harun

Lateral Meniscus Torn – Causes, Symptoms, Treatment

Lateral Meniscus Torn/Lateral Meniscus Injury is a crescent-shaped two semilunar fibrocartilaginous tissue, comprised of both a medial and a lateral component positioned between the corresponding femoral condyle and tibial plateau, and plays important roles in the knee joint, including force transmission, shock absorption, joint lubrication, and the provision of joint stability. Together with the medial meniscus, the lateral meniscus provides a concave surface for the convex femoral condyles to articulate superior to the relatively flat tibial plateaus.

The lateral meniscus (external semilunar fibrocartilage) is a fibrocartilaginous band that spans the lateral side of the interior of the knee joint. It is one of two menisci of the knee, the other being the medial meniscus. It is nearly circular and covers a larger portion of the articular surface than the medial. It can occasionally be injured or torn by twisting the knee or applying direct force, as seen in contact sports.

Anatomy of Lateral Meniscus Torn

Lateral Meniscus Injury

The anterior and posterior horns of the lateral meniscus both attach to the tibia. The anterior horn of the lateral meniscus inserts anterior to the intercondylar eminence next to the attachment site of the ACL, while the insertion of the posterior horn lies posterior to the lateral tibial spine and anterior to the insertion of the posterior horn of the medial meniscus. The meniscofemoral ligaments attach the posterior horn of the lateral meniscus to the lateral part of the medial femoral condyle. Although the lateral meniscus is attached to the majority of the anterior and posterior capsule of the knee joint, there is an area posterolaterally in the region of the popliteus tendon where the lateral meniscus is not attached to the joint capsule. This arrangement allows the lateral meniscus more mobility than the medial meniscus and is one reason why the lateral meniscus is less susceptible to tearing than its medial counterpart. The lateral meniscus is also larger than the medial meniscus and carries a more significant percentage of the lateral compartment pressure than the medial meniscus carries for the medial compartment.

The cells of the menisci are termed fibrochondrocytes since they appear morphologically to be a mix of fibroblasts and chondrocytes. Cells in the superficial layers of the meniscus appear more fibroblastic in nature, whereas cells deeper in the meniscus are more chondrocyte. The meniscal extracellular matrix (ECM) is composed primarily of water and collagen with a small percentage of proteoglycans, noncollagenous proteins, and glycoproteins. The collagen found in the meniscus is almost all type I collagen, with some variable amounts of types II, III, V, and VI. Collagen fibers located in the deeper layers of the meniscus are oriented circumferentially, parallel to the peripheral border, while the more superficial layers contain more radially oriented fibers. These radially oriented fibers are interspersed in the deeper layers as well to provide structural integrity. The proteoglycans found in the ECM provide hydration to the tissue, which allows the meniscus a high capacity to resist compressive loads. As a result, the highest concentration of these glycosaminoglycans is present in the primary weight-bearing areas, the meniscal horns and inner half of the menisci.

Types of Lateral Meniscus Torn

  • Longitudinal tear or injury – This is a tear that occurs along the length of the meniscus
  • Bucket handle tear or injury – This is an exaggerated form of a longitudinal tear where a portion of the meniscus becomes detached from the tibia forming a flap that looks like a bucket handle

There are two categories of meniscal injuries – acute tears and degenerative tears.

  • An acute tear – usually occurs when the knee is bent and forcefully twisted, while the leg is in a weight-bearing position. Statistics show that about 61 of 100,000 people experience an acute tear of the meniscus.
  • Degenerative tears – of the meniscus are more common in older people. Sixty percent of the population over the age of 65 probably has some sort of degenerative tear of the meniscus. As the meniscus ages, it weakens and becomes less elastic. Degenerative tears may result from minor events and there may or may not be any symptoms present.

A meniscal tear can be classified in various ways, such as by anatomic location or by proximity to the blood supply. Various tear patterns and configurations have been described.[rx] These include

  • Radial tears
  • Flap or parrot-beak tears
  • Peripheral, longitudinal tears
  • Bucket-handle tears
  • Horizontal cleavage tears
  • Complex, degenerative tears

These tears can then be further classified by their proximity to the meniscus blood supply, namely whether they are located in the “red-red,” “red-white,” or “white-white” zones.

Lateral Meniscus Injury

The functional importance of these classifications, however, is to ultimately determine whether a meniscus is repairable. The repairability of a meniscus depends on a number of factors. These include:

  • Age/strength
  • Activity level
  • Tear pattern
  • Chronicity of the tear
  • Associated injuries (anterior cruciate ligament injury)
  • Healing potential

Causes Of Lateral Meniscus Torn

  • Inward (valgus) force – Usually, the medial collateral ligament, followed by the anterior cruciate ligament, then the lateral meniscus (this mechanism is the most common and is usually accompanied by some external rotation and flexion, as when being tackled in football)
  • Outward (varus) force –  Often, the lateral collateral ligament, anterior cruciate ligament, or both (this mechanism is the 2nd most common cause of lateral meniscus injury.
  • Anterior or posterior forces and hyperextension –  Typically, the cruciate ligaments and lateral meniscus.
  • Weight-bearing and rotation at the time of injury – Usually, lateral meniscus
  • Motor vehicle accidents – A dashboard injury occurs when the driver’s or passenger’s bent knee slams against the dashboard, pushing in the shinbone just below the knee and causing the lateral meniscus tear.
  • Contact sports – Athletes in sports such as football and soccer can tear their lateral meniscus ligament when they fall on a bent knee with their foot pointed down. The shinbone hits the ground first and it moves backward. Being tackled when your knee is bent also can cause this injury.
  • The knee is hit directly – especially during sports like soccer, rugby, and football
  • A person lands on a bent knee – such as during a fall or misstep
  • Landing directly on the front of the shinbone – such as when a dancer comes down from a leap and falls
  • A person makes cutting or pivoting maneuvers – such as when an athlete plants a foot and shifts directions
  • A person lands on one leg – which can happen after a jump in basketball or volleyball
  • A direct blow to the bent knee in an automobile injury
  • A sports-related injury in which the knee bends
  • Pulling on the ligament in a twisting injury or hyperextension
  • A misstep on uneven terrain

Symptoms Of Lateral Meniscus Torn

If you’ve torn your meniscus, you might have the following signs and symptoms in your knee:

  • Localized pain near the area of the tear – In tears of the lateral meniscus, this discomfort will be present along the outside edge of the knee. The pain will manifest on the inside edge of the injured knee for tears of the medial meniscus.
  • Immediate pain after the injury – A torn lateral meniscus will often be obvious from the moment that the injury occurs. In these instances, the tearing of the meniscus is typically accompanied by the feeling of a pop or snap within the leg during an overexerting twisting or stretching motion.
  • Slow onset of symptoms – Conversely, for some, the meniscus can tear without much of a sign or initial pain. This slow onset of symptoms is more common in older individuals and those with damaged knee cartilage from osteoarthritis.
  • Pain with movement – The pain will reflect the location of the tear but extend throughout the knee with movement. In the event that the knee has locked, bending it will cause searing pain to worsen.
  • Pain after resting – Pain will likely diminish somewhat with rest; however, it will return with movement in most cases. Movement may also exacerbate swelling.
  • Fluid accumulation within the knee joint – This accumulated fluid will cause the entire area to swell up and reduce mobility. This symptom, which may occur as a result of a number of knee injuries, is known as water on the knee.
  • Knee locking – If a piece of the meniscus breaks free of the disc structure due to a tear, it may lodge within the joint of the knee itself. This lodging can cause knee locking, in which a person loses the ability to fully straighten the leg when sitting or standing.
  • Feeling of your knee giving way
  • Pain in the knee
  • A popping sensation during the injury
  • Difficulty bending and straightening the leg
  • A tendency for your knee to get “stuck” or lock up
  • Tenderness or pain around the lateral surface of the knee joint
  • Swelling- usually within 24-48 hours of injury
  • Pain, particularly when bending the knee
  • Pain when rotating and pressing down on the knee in the prone position.
  • Audible popping, cracking or clicking sounds
  • Positive ‘McMurray’s‘ test

Diagnosis of Lateral Meniscus Torn

Physical examination

The physical examination must be carried out thoroughly and methodically. Patients with medial meniscal injuries complain of pain in the medial aspect of the knee. McMurray test, Apley grind test, and the bounce home test are positive in medial meniscopathy.

  • McMurray test – The patient lies supine, the knee is fully flexed. The surgeon grasps the heel. The leg is rotated on the thigh with the knee in full flexion. The leg is flexed to 90° while the foot is maintained first in full internal rotation and then rotated in full external rotation. In patients with a torn meniscus, a click occurs and the patient complains of pain.
  • Apley grind test – With the patient lying prone, the surgeon grasps the foot, rotates it externally as far as possible, and flexes the knee to 90°. The foot is rotated internally, and the knee is extended. The surgeon then applies his left knee to the back of the patient’s thigh. The tibia is then compressed onto the knee joint while being externally rotated. If the addition of compression produces an increase in pain, this grinding test is positive, and meniscal damage is diagnosed.
  • Bounce home test – With the patient lying supine, the surgeon grasps the foot, flexes completely the knee. The knee is then passively allowed to extend. The knee should extend completely or bounce home into extension with a sharp endpoint. A positive test occurs when full extension cannot be attained.

Imaging Tests

Imaging tests may be ordered to confirm a tear of the lateral meniscus. These include

Knee X-Ray

  • This test won’t show a meniscus tear. However, it can be helpful to determine if there are any other causes of your knee pain, like osteoarthritis and other associated symptoms.

MRI

  • An MRI uses a magnetic field to take multiple images of your knee. An MRI will be able to take pictures of cartilage and ligaments to determine if there’s a lateral meniscus tear.
  • While MRIs can help your doctor make a diagnosis, they aren’t considered 100 percent reliable. According to a study from 2018 published in the Journal of Trauma Management & OutcomesTrusted Source, the MRI’s accuracy for diagnosing lateral meniscus tears is 77 percent.
  • Sometimes, meniscus tears may not show up on an MRI because they can closely resemble degenerative or age-related changes. Additionally, a doctor may make an incorrect diagnosis that a person has a torn meniscus. This is because some structures around the knee can closely resemble a meniscus tear.

Ultrasound

  • An ultrasound uses sound waves to take images inside the body. This will determine if you have any loose cartilage that may be getting caught in your knee pain with a lateral meniscus injury.

Arthroscopy

  • If your doctor is unable to determine the cause of your knee pain from these techniques, they may suggest arthroscopy to study your knee. If you require surgery, your doctor will also most likely use an arthroscope.
  • With arthroscopy, a small incision or cut is made near the knee. The arthroscope is a thin and flexible fiber-optic device that can be inserted through the incision. It has a small light and camera. Surgical instruments can be moved through the arthroscope or through additional incisions in your knee.
  • After an arthroscopy, either for surgery or examination, people can often go home the same day.

Treatment of Lateral Meniscus Torn

Non-Surgical 

  • Protection  – the joint from further injury by taping/strapping the knee joint, or wearing knee support which has additional support at the sides.
  • Rest – Avoid activities that aggravate your knee pain, especially any activity that causes you to twist, rotate, or pivot your knee. If your pain is severe, using crutches can take the pressure off your knee and promote healing.
  • Ice – Ice can reduce knee pain and swelling. Use a cold pack, a bag of frozen vegetables, or a towel filled with ice cubes for about 15 minutes at a time, keeping your knee elevated. Do this every four to six hours the first day or two, and then as often as needed. Ice your knee to reduce pain and swelling. Do it for 15-20 minutes every 3-4 hours for 2-3 days or until the pain and swelling are gone.
  • Elevate your knee – with a pillow under your heel when you’re sitting or lying down. It helps to reduce swelling and fluid accumulation in knee joint
  • A stabilized knee brace –  has flexible springs in the sides for additional support or for more severe injuries a hinged knee brace with solid metal supports linked by a hinge will help protect the joint from sideways or lateral movement. Compression will also help reduce swelling.
  • Rest the knee –  Limit activities to include walking if the knee is painful. Use crutches to help relieve pain.
  • Compress your knee – Use an elastic bandage or a neoprene type sleeve on your knee to control swelling.
  • Use stretching and strengthening exercises to help reduce stress to your knee – Ask your doctor to recommend a physical therapist for guidance.
  • Avoid impact activities such as running and jumping 
  • Full weight-bearing is not permitted for 1 – 6 weeks – after surgery, depending on the type of injury and repair. Crutches will be used initially following surgery. Many surgeons brace the knee and restrict motion for 6 weeks, to prevent excessive flexion and extension.
  • Range of motion exercises – begin anywhere from 0 – 6 weeks after surgery, depending on the type of repair.
  • Strengthening exercises – begin once full range of motion has returned.
  • Return to vigorous activities – such as sports, may begin 3 – 4 months after repair.

Physiotherapy

  • Continuous Passive Motion – Clinicians can consider using continuous passive motion in the immediate postoperative period to decrease postoperative pain.
  • Early Weight Bearing – Early weight-bearing can be used for patients following ACL reconstruction without incurring detrimental effects on stability or function.
  • Knee Bracing – The use of functional knee bracing appears to be more beneficial than not using a brace in patients with ACL deficiency.  The use of immediate postoperative knee bracing appears to be no more beneficial than not using a brace in patients following ACL reconstruction. Conflicting evidence exists for the use of functional knee bracing in patients following ACL reconstruction.  Knee bracing can be used for patients with acute posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) injuries, severe medial (tibial) collateral ligament (MCL) injuries, or posterior lateral corner (PLC) injuries.
  • Immediate Versus Delayed Mobilization – Clinicians should consider the use of immediate mobilization following ACL reconstruction to increase range of motion, reduce pain, and limit adverse changes to soft tissue structures.
  • Cryotherapy – Clinicians should consider the use of cryotherapy to reduce postoperative knee pain immediately post-ACL reconstruction.
  • Therapeutic Exercises – Clinicians should consider the use of non–weight-bearing (open chain) exercises in conjunction with weight-bearing (closed-chain) exercises in patients with knee stability and movement coordination impairments.
  • Neuromuscular Electrical Stimulation – Neuromuscular electrical stimulation can be used with patients following ACL reconstruction to increase quadriceps muscle strength.
  • Neuromuscular Reeducation – Clinicians should consider the use of neuromuscular training as a supplementary program to strength training in patients with knee stability and movement coordination impairments.
  • Accelerated” Rehabilitation – Rehabilitation that emphasizes early restoration of knee extension and early weight-bearing activity appears safe for patients with ACL reconstruction. No evidence exists to determine the efficacy and/or safety of early return to sports.
  • Eccentric Strengthening – Clinicians should consider the use of an eccentric exercise ergometer in patients following ACL reconstruction to increase muscle strength and functional performance. Clinicians should consider the use of an eccentric squat program in patients with PCL injury to increase muscle strength and functional performance.
  • Electrotherapy i.e ultrasound, laser therapy, and TENS.
  • Manual therapy
  • Once the pain has subsided, exercises to increase range of movement, balance, and maintain quadriceps strength may be prescribed. These may include: squatting, single calf raises, and later, wobble-board techniques.

Medication

If the pain is a serious and intolerable or acute injury the following medicine may prescribe in the lateral meniscus injury

  • Take anti-inflammatory medications. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), like will help with pain and swelling. However, these drugs can have side effects, such as an increased risk of bleeding and ulcers. They should be only used occasionally unless your doctor specifically says otherwise.
  • Antibiotic – Cefuroxime or Azithromycin, or  Flucloxacillin or any other cephalosporin/quinolone antibiotic must be used to prevent infection or clotted blood remove to prevent furthers swelling and edema.
  • NSAIDs – Prescription-strength drugs that reduce both pain and inflammation. Pain medicines and anti-inflammatory drugs help to relieve pain and stiffness, allowing for increased mobility and exercise. There are many common over-the-counter medicines called non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). They include and KetorolacAceclofenacNaproxen, Etoricoxib.
  • Corticosteroids – Also known as oral steroids, these medications reduce inflammation.
  • Muscle Relaxants –  These medications provide relief from associated muscle spasms.
  • Neuropathic Agents – Drugs(pregabalin & gabapentin) that address neuropathic—or nerve-related—pain. This includes burning, numbness, and tingling.
  • Opioids – Also known as narcotics, these medications are intense pain relievers that should only be used under a doctor’s careful supervision.
  • Topical Medications – These prescription-strength creams, gels, ointments, patches, and sprays help relieve pain and inflammation through the skin.
  • Calcium & vitamin D3 – to improve bone health and healing fracture. As a general rule, men and women age 50 and older should consume 1,200 milligrams of calcium a day, and 600 international units of vitamin D a day.
  • Antidepressants – A drug that blocks pain messages from your brain and boosts the effects of endorphins (your body’s natural painkillers).
  • Glucosamine & DiacereinChondroitin sulfate – can be used to tightening the loose tension, cartilage, ligament, and cartilage, ligament regenerates cartilage or inhabits the further degeneration of cartilage, ligament. They are structural components of articular cartilage, and the thought is that a supplement will aid in the health of articular cartilage.
  • Intra-articular corticosteroid injections – may be useful for symptomatic meniscus injury especially where there is a considerable inflammatory component. The delivery of the corticosteroid directly into the knee may reduce local inflammation associated with a meniscus injury and minimize the systemic effects of the steroid.
  • Intra-articular hyaluronic acid injections (HA) – injections are another injectable option for knee meniscus injury. HA is a glycosaminoglycan that is found throughout the human body and is an important component of synovial fluid and articular cartilage. HA breaks down during the process of meniscus injury and contributes to the loss of articular cartilage as well as stiffness and pain. Local delivery of HA into the joint acts as a lubricant and may help increase the natural production of HA in the joint.

Surgery

Total meniscectomy

  • Nowadays, total meniscectomy is not a common procedure. However, previously it was a popular procedure, and short term outcome results of this technique were regarded as excellent. In 1948, Fairbank first[rx] described the potentially damaging effects of total meniscectomy. The long-term results of total meniscectomy showed unfavorable long-term outcome results.

Partial meniscectomy

  • When meniscal repair is not possible, partial resection of the meniscus is indicated. To avoid the long-term consequences of total meniscectomy, general guidelines have been published.[rx] However, these guidelines have not been tested in a systematic manner, and are to be regarded at best as an expert opinion. A number of studies reported 80%–90% satisfactory clinical results after arthroscopic partial meniscectomy at short-term follow-up (<2 years).

Autologous tissues

  • Autologous tissues such as fat pad, tendon, periosteum, synovial flap and perichondrium have been used as an autograft in preclinical animal or clinical studies. However, satisfactory results were rarely obtained owing to compromised mechanical properties, inferior vascularization, and differences in the shape and internal structure of the repair tissue. Therefore, it can be concluded that these issues are not a good option for the effective replacement of the meniscus.

Allografts

  • Meniscal allograft transplantations have been widely performed for a meniscal deficiency after total or nearly total meniscectomy. The meniscal transplantation emerges as a good indication for patients with a stable joint, appropriate alignment, and with early osteoarthritis of the knee, while these procedures are contraindicated for patients with severe osteoarthritis.

Repair

  • The meniscal repair has evolved from open to arthroscopic techniques, which include the inside-out and outside-in suture repairs and the all-inside techniques.[rx] Inside-out and outside-in techniques involve a mini-incision and securing the meniscus to capsule with suture. The all-inside technique includes several options, including arthroscopic suture tying and absorbable fixation devices with names as an arrow, fastener, dart, and staple.[rx,rx]

Open repair

  • Open repair of meniscus tears has provided successful long-term results ranging from 84%–100%. The open meniscal repair offers the advantage of better preparation of the tear site. However, only the most peripheral of tears in the red-red zone are amenable to this technique because of exposure and accessibility. Long-term follow-up of open meniscal repairs has revealed good success rates.[rx] In this technique, a small incision is performed, similar to that made in an arthroscopic inside-out meniscus repair. The capsule and synovium are incised, allowing direct observation of the tear.

Arthroscopic inside-out repair

  • Henning first described the inside-out technique of arthroscopic meniscal repair. The inside-out meniscal repair technique involves fixation of a tear by placing sutures from inside the knee to a protected area on the outside of the joint capsule.
  • Inside-out techniques use zone-specific cannulas to pass sutures through the joint and across the tear. The sutures are swaged onto flexible needles. A small posterior joint line incision is used to retrieve the sutures and tie directly on the capsule. The use of a posterior retractor, such as a gynecologic speculum, is vital in order to protect the posterior neurovascular structures.[rx,rx]

Arthroscopic outside-in repair

  • The outside-in techniques have been described by Warren and Morgan and Casscells.[rx] Outside-in techniques involve passing sutures percutaneously through spinal needles at the joint line across the tear, and then retrieving the sutures intra-articularly under arthroscopic observation. The needles are passed through the meniscus rim and then through the meniscus body fragment.
  • A small incision is then made at the joint line, where the protruding suture ends are retrieved and tied directly on the capsule. An alternative technique is to retrieve the intra-articular portion of the suture with another pass across the tear using a wire snare and tying the suture back on itself on the capsule. A potential disadvantage of the outside-in technique is difficulty in reducing the tear and opposing the edges while passing the sutures.

Arthroscopic all-inside repair

  • The all-inside technique was traditionally used to perform repairs of the far posterior horns, where a posterior accessory portal is used, along with passing a suture with a suture hook device.[rx,rx] The suture would then be tied intra-articularly.
  • More recently, arthroscopic all-inside meniscal repair techniques recently have become popular because they seem to avoid many of the potential complications of other meniscal repair techniques and decrease operative time. Technologic advances include a number of implantable anchors, arrows, screws, and staples that facilitate meniscal repair without the need for accessory incisions or portals.
  • These devices can be made of permanent or absorbable materials. Although the pullout strength of some of these devices approximates those of mattress sutures in cadaveric studies,[rx] there have been no long-term clinical studies that compare them to more traditional repair techniques.

Meniscal transplantation

  • Meniscal transplantation is generally accepted as a management alternative option for selected symptomatic patients with previous complete or near-complete meniscectomy. Four methods of graft type have been described, including fresh allograft, fresh-frozen, cryopreserved and freeze-dried ( lyophilized).
  • Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis B and C, and syphilis are potentially transferable diseases with meniscal transplant surgery via graft material. The documented risk for HIV transmission is estimated to be at 1 in 8 million.[rx] Secondary sterilization of allografts has previously been undertaken using gamma radiation, ethylene oxide, or chemical sterilization.

Post-Surgical Rehabilitation

Typical locations of arthroscopic surgery incisions in a knee joint following surgery for a tear in the meniscus

After successful surgery for treating the destroyed part of the meniscus, patients must follow a rehabilitation program to have the best result. The rehabilitation following a meniscus surgery depends on whether the entire meniscus was removed or repaired.

If the destroyed part of the meniscus was removed, patients can usually start walking using a crutch a day or two after surgery. Although each case is different, patients return to their normal activities on average after a few weeks (2 or 3). Still, a completely normal walk will resume gradually, and it’s not unusual to take 2–3 months for the recovery to reach a level where a patient will walk totally smoothly. Many meniscectomy patients don’t ever feel a 100% functional recovery, but even years after the procedure they sometimes feel tugging or tension in a part of their knee. There is little medical follow-up after meniscectomy and official medical documentation tends to ignore the imperfections and side-effects of this procedure.

If the meniscus was repaired, the rehabilitation program that follows is a lot more intensive. After the surgery a hinged knee brace is sometimes placed on the patient. This brace allows controlled movement of the knee. The patient is encouraged to walk using crutches from the first day, and most of the times can put partial weight on the knee.

Phase I

There are three phases that follow meniscal surgery. Each phase consists of rehabilitation goals, exercises, and criteria to move on to the next phase. Phase I starts immediately following surgery to 4–6 weeks or until the patient is able to meet progression criteria. The goals are to restore normal knee extension, reduce and eliminate swelling, regain leg control, and protect the knee (Fowler, PJ and D. Pompan, 1993). During the first 5 days following the surgery, a passive continuous motion machine is used to prevent a prolonged period of immobilization which leads to muscular atrophy and delays functional recovery.[rx] During the 4–6 weeks post-surgical, active and passive non-weight bearing motions that flex the knee up to 90° are recommended. For patients with meniscal transplantation, further knee flexion can damage the allograft because of the increased shear forces and stresses.

Phase II

This phase of the rehabilitation program is 6 to 14 weeks after the surgery. The goals for Phase II include being able to restore full ROM, normalized gait, and performing functional movements with control and no pain (Fowler, PJ, and D. Pompan, 1993). Also, muscular strengthening and neuromuscular training are emphasized using progressive weight-bearing and balance exercises. Exercises in this phase can increase knee flexion for more than 90°.[rx] Advised exercises include stationary bicycle, standing on a foam surface with two and one leg, abdominal and back strengthening, and quadriceps strengthening. The proposed criteria include normal gait on all surfaces and single-leg balance longer than 15 seconds (Ulrich G.S., and S Aroncyzk, 1993).

Balance exercises on a foam surface in phase 2. The patient tries to maintain balance first with both legs, then with only the affected leg.

Phase III

Patients begin exercises in phase III 14 to 22 weeks after surgery. Phase III’s goal and final criteria is to perform sport/work specific movements with no pain or swelling (Fowler, PJ, and D. Pompan, 1993). Drills for maximal muscle control, strength, flexibility,[rx] movements specific to patient’s work/sport, low to high rate exercises, and abdominal and back strengthening exercises are all recommended exercises (Ulrich G.S., and S Aroncyzk, 1993). Exercises to increase cardiovascular fitness are also applied to fully prepare the patients to return to their desired activities.

Next Steps

Tips to help you get the most from a visit to your healthcare provider:

  • Know the reason for your visit and what you want to happen.
  • Before your visit, write down the questions you want to be answered.
  • Bring someone with you to help you ask questions and remember what your provider tells you.
  • At the visit, write down the name of a new diagnosis, and any new medicines, treatments, or tests. Also, write down any new instructions your provider gives you.
  • Know why a new medicine or treatment is prescribed, and how it will help you. Also, know what the side effects are.
  • Ask if your condition can be treated in other ways.
  • Know why a test or procedure is recommended and what the results could mean.
  • Know what to expect if you do not take the medicine or have the test or procedure.
  • If you have a follow-up appointment, write down the date, time, and purpose for that visit.
  • Know how you can contact your provider if you have questions.

Prevention

Although it’s hard to prevent accidental knee injuries, you may be able to reduce your risks by:

  • Warming up and stretching before participating in athletic activities
  • Exercising to strengthen the muscles around your knee
  • Avoiding sudden increases in the intensity of your training program
  • Wearing comfortable, supportive shoes that fit your feet and your sport
  • Wearing appropriate protective gear during activities, including athletic activities, in which knee injuries are common (especially if you’ve had knee injuries before).

References

ByRx Harun

Lateral Meniscus Tear – Causes, Symptoms, Treatment

Lateral Meniscus Tear/Lateral Meniscus Injury is a crescent-shaped two semilunar fibrocartilaginous tissue, comprised of both a medial and a lateral component positioned between the corresponding femoral condyle and tibial plateau, and plays important roles in the knee joint, including force transmission, shock absorption, joint lubrication, and the provision of joint stability. Together with the medial meniscus, the lateral meniscus provides a concave surface for the convex femoral condyles to articulate superior to the relatively flat tibial plateaus.

The lateral meniscus (external semilunar fibrocartilage) is a fibrocartilaginous band that spans the lateral side of the interior of the knee joint. It is one of two menisci of the knee, the other being the medial meniscus. It is nearly circular and covers a larger portion of the articular surface than the medial. It can occasionally be injured or torn by twisting the knee or applying direct force, as seen in contact sports.

Anatomy of Lateral Meniscus Tear

Lateral Meniscus Injury

The anterior and posterior horns of the lateral meniscus both attach to the tibia. The anterior horn of the lateral meniscus inserts anterior to the intercondylar eminence next to the attachment site of the ACL, while the insertion of the posterior horn lies posterior to the lateral tibial spine and anterior to the insertion of the posterior horn of the medial meniscus. The meniscofemoral ligaments attach the posterior horn of the lateral meniscus to the lateral part of the medial femoral condyle. Although the lateral meniscus is attached to the majority of the anterior and posterior capsule of the knee joint, there is an area posterolaterally in the region of the popliteus tendon where the lateral meniscus is not attached to the joint capsule. This arrangement allows the lateral meniscus more mobility than the medial meniscus and is one reason why the lateral meniscus is less susceptible to tearing than its medial counterpart. The lateral meniscus is also larger than the medial meniscus and carries a more significant percentage of the lateral compartment pressure than the medial meniscus carries for the medial compartment.

The cells of the menisci are termed fibrochondrocytes since they appear morphologically to be a mix of fibroblasts and chondrocytes. Cells in the superficial layers of the meniscus appear more fibroblastic in nature, whereas cells deeper in the meniscus are more chondrocyte. The meniscal extracellular matrix (ECM) is composed primarily of water and collagen with a small percentage of proteoglycans, noncollagenous proteins, and glycoproteins. The collagen found in the meniscus is almost all type I collagen, with some variable amounts of types II, III, V, and VI. Collagen fibers located in the deeper layers of the meniscus are oriented circumferentially, parallel to the peripheral border, while the more superficial layers contain more radially oriented fibers. These radially oriented fibers are interspersed in the deeper layers as well to provide structural integrity. The proteoglycans found in the ECM provide hydration to the tissue, which allows the meniscus a high capacity to resist compressive loads. As a result, the highest concentration of these glycosaminoglycans is present in the primary weight-bearing areas, the meniscal horns and inner half of the menisci.

Types of Lateral Meniscus Tear

  • Longitudinal tear or injury – This is a tear that occurs along the length of the meniscus
  • Bucket handle tear or injury – This is an exaggerated form of a longitudinal tear where a portion of the meniscus becomes detached from the tibia forming a flap that looks like a bucket handle

There are two categories of meniscal injuries – acute tears and degenerative tears.

  • An acute tear – usually occurs when the knee is bent and forcefully twisted, while the leg is in a weight-bearing position. Statistics show that about 61 of 100,000 people experience an acute tear of the meniscus.
  • Degenerative tears – of the meniscus are more common in older people. Sixty percent of the population over the age of 65 probably has some sort of degenerative tear of the meniscus. As the meniscus ages, it weakens and becomes less elastic. Degenerative tears may result from minor events and there may or may not be any symptoms present.

A meniscal tear can be classified in various ways, such as by anatomic location or by proximity to the blood supply. Various tear patterns and configurations have been described.[rx] These include

  • Radial tears
  • Flap or parrot-beak tears
  • Peripheral, longitudinal tears
  • Bucket-handle tears
  • Horizontal cleavage tears
  • Complex, degenerative tears

These tears can then be further classified by their proximity to the meniscus blood supply, namely whether they are located in the “red-red,” “red-white,” or “white-white” zones.

Lateral Meniscus Injury

The functional importance of these classifications, however, is to ultimately determine whether a meniscus is repairable. The repairability of a meniscus depends on a number of factors. These include:

  • Age/strength
  • Activity level
  • Tear pattern
  • Chronicity of the tear
  • Associated injuries (anterior cruciate ligament injury)
  • Healing potential

Causes Of Lateral Meniscus Tear

  • Inward (valgus) force – Usually, the medial collateral ligament, followed by the anterior cruciate ligament, then the lateral meniscus (this mechanism is the most common and is usually accompanied by some external rotation and flexion, as when being tackled in football)
  • Outward (varus) force –  Often, the lateral collateral ligament, anterior cruciate ligament, or both (this mechanism is the 2nd most common cause of lateral meniscus injury.
  • Anterior or posterior forces and hyperextension –  Typically, the cruciate ligaments and lateral meniscus.
  • Weight-bearing and rotation at the time of injury – Usually, lateral meniscus
  • Motor vehicle accidents – A dashboard injury occurs when the driver’s or passenger’s bent knee slams against the dashboard, pushing in the shinbone just below the knee and causing the lateral meniscus tear.
  • Contact sports – Athletes in sports such as football and soccer can tear their lateral meniscus ligament when they fall on a bent knee with their foot pointed down. The shinbone hits the ground first and it moves backward. Being tackled when your knee is bent also can cause this injury.
  • The knee is hit directly – especially during sports like soccer, rugby, and football
  • A person lands on a bent knee – such as during a fall or misstep
  • Landing directly on the front of the shinbone – such as when a dancer comes down from a leap and falls
  • A person makes cutting or pivoting maneuvers – such as when an athlete plants a foot and shifts directions
  • A person lands on one leg – which can happen after a jump in basketball or volleyball
  • A direct blow to the bent knee in an automobile injury
  • A sports-related injury in which the knee bends
  • Pulling on the ligament in a twisting injury or hyperextension
  • A misstep on uneven terrain

Symptoms Of Lateral Meniscus Tear

If you’ve torn your meniscus, you might have the following signs and symptoms in your knee:

  • Localized pain near the area of the tear – In tears of the lateral meniscus, this discomfort will be present along the outside edge of the knee. The pain will manifest on the inside edge of the injured knee for tears of the medial meniscus.
  • Immediate pain after the injury – A torn lateral meniscus will often be obvious from the moment that the injury occurs. In these instances, the tearing of the meniscus is typically accompanied by the feeling of a pop or snap within the leg during an overexerting twisting or stretching motion.
  • Slow onset of symptoms – Conversely, for some, the meniscus can tear without much of a sign or initial pain. This slow onset of symptoms is more common in older individuals and those with damaged knee cartilage from osteoarthritis.
  • Pain with movement – The pain will reflect the location of the tear but extend throughout the knee with movement. In the event that the knee has locked, bending it will cause searing pain to worsen.
  • Pain after resting – Pain will likely diminish somewhat with rest; however, it will return with movement in most cases. Movement may also exacerbate swelling.
  • Fluid accumulation within the knee joint – This accumulated fluid will cause the entire area to swell up and reduce mobility. This symptom, which may occur as a result of a number of knee injuries, is known as water on the knee.
  • Knee locking – If a piece of the meniscus breaks free of the disc structure due to a tear, it may lodge within the joint of the knee itself. This lodging can cause knee locking, in which a person loses the ability to fully straighten the leg when sitting or standing.
  • Feeling of your knee giving way
  • Pain in the knee
  • A popping sensation during the injury
  • Difficulty bending and straightening the leg
  • A tendency for your knee to get “stuck” or lock up
  • Tenderness or pain around the lateral surface of the knee joint
  • Swelling- usually within 24-48 hours of injury
  • Pain, particularly when bending the knee
  • Pain when rotating and pressing down on the knee in the prone position.
  • Audible popping, cracking or clicking sounds
  • Positive ‘McMurray’s‘ test

Diagnosis of Lateral Meniscus Tear

Physical examination

The physical examination must be carried out thoroughly and methodically. Patients with medial meniscal injuries complain of pain in the medial aspect of the knee. McMurray test, Apley grind test, and the bounce home test are positive in medial meniscopathy.

  • McMurray test – The patient lies supine, the knee is fully flexed. The surgeon grasps the heel. The leg is rotated on the thigh with the knee in full flexion. The leg is flexed to 90° while the foot is maintained first in full internal rotation and then rotated in full external rotation. In patients with a torn meniscus, a click occurs and the patient complains of pain.
  • Apley grind test – With the patient lying prone, the surgeon grasps the foot, rotates it externally as far as possible, and flexes the knee to 90°. The foot is rotated internally, and the knee is extended. The surgeon then applies his left knee to the back of the patient’s thigh. The tibia is then compressed onto the knee joint while being externally rotated. If the addition of compression produces an increase in pain, this grinding test is positive, and meniscal damage is diagnosed.
  • Bounce home test – With the patient lying supine, the surgeon grasps the foot, flexes completely the knee. The knee is then passively allowed to extend. The knee should extend completely or bounce home into extension with a sharp endpoint. A positive test occurs when full extension cannot be attained.

Imaging Tests

Imaging tests may be ordered to confirm a tear of the lateral meniscus. These include

Knee X-Ray

  • This test won’t show a meniscus tear. However, it can be helpful to determine if there are any other causes of your knee pain, like osteoarthritis and other associated symptoms.

MRI

  • An MRI uses a magnetic field to take multiple images of your knee. An MRI will be able to take pictures of cartilage and ligaments to determine if there’s a lateral meniscus tear.
  • While MRIs can help your doctor make a diagnosis, they aren’t considered 100 percent reliable. According to a study from 2018 published in the Journal of Trauma Management & OutcomesTrusted Source, the MRI’s accuracy for diagnosing lateral meniscus tears is 77 percent.
  • Sometimes, meniscus tears may not show up on an MRI because they can closely resemble degenerative or age-related changes. Additionally, a doctor may make an incorrect diagnosis that a person has a torn meniscus. This is because some structures around the knee can closely resemble a meniscus tear.

Ultrasound

  • An ultrasound uses sound waves to take images inside the body. This will determine if you have any loose cartilage that may be getting caught in your knee pain with a lateral meniscus injury.

Arthroscopy

  • If your doctor is unable to determine the cause of your knee pain from these techniques, they may suggest arthroscopy to study your knee. If you require surgery, your doctor will also most likely use an arthroscope.
  • With arthroscopy, a small incision or cut is made near the knee. The arthroscope is a thin and flexible fiber-optic device that can be inserted through the incision. It has a small light and camera. Surgical instruments can be moved through the arthroscope or through additional incisions in your knee.
  • After an arthroscopy, either for surgery or examination, people can often go home the same day.

Treatment of Lateral Meniscus Tear

Non-Surgical 

  • Protection  – the joint from further injury by taping/strapping the knee joint, or wearing knee support which has additional support at the sides.
  • Rest – Avoid activities that aggravate your knee pain, especially any activity that causes you to twist, rotate, or pivot your knee. If your pain is severe, using crutches can take the pressure off your knee and promote healing.
  • Ice – Ice can reduce knee pain and swelling. Use a cold pack, a bag of frozen vegetables, or a towel filled with ice cubes for about 15 minutes at a time, keeping your knee elevated. Do this every four to six hours the first day or two, and then as often as needed. Ice your knee to reduce pain and swelling. Do it for 15-20 minutes every 3-4 hours for 2-3 days or until the pain and swelling are gone.
  • Elevate your knee – with a pillow under your heel when you’re sitting or lying down. It helps to reduce swelling and fluid accumulation in knee joint
  • A stabilized knee brace –  has flexible springs in the sides for additional support or for more severe injuries a hinged knee brace with solid metal supports linked by a hinge will help protect the joint from sideways or lateral movement. Compression will also help reduce swelling.
  • Rest the knee –  Limit activities to include walking if the knee is painful. Use crutches to help relieve pain.
  • Compress your knee – Use an elastic bandage or a neoprene type sleeve on your knee to control swelling.
  • Use stretching and strengthening exercises to help reduce stress to your knee – Ask your doctor to recommend a physical therapist for guidance.
  • Avoid impact activities such as running and jumping 
  • Full weight-bearing is not permitted for 1 – 6 weeks – after surgery, depending on the type of injury and repair. Crutches will be used initially following surgery. Many surgeons brace the knee and restrict motion for 6 weeks, to prevent excessive flexion and extension.
  • Range of motion exercises – begin anywhere from 0 – 6 weeks after surgery, depending on the type of repair.
  • Strengthening exercises – begin once full range of motion has returned.
  • Return to vigorous activities – such as sports, may begin 3 – 4 months after repair.

Physiotherapy

  • Continuous Passive Motion – Clinicians can consider using continuous passive motion in the immediate postoperative period to decrease postoperative pain.
  • Early Weight Bearing – Early weight-bearing can be used for patients following ACL reconstruction without incurring detrimental effects on stability or function.
  • Knee Bracing – The use of functional knee bracing appears to be more beneficial than not using a brace in patients with ACL deficiency.  The use of immediate postoperative knee bracing appears to be no more beneficial than not using a brace in patients following ACL reconstruction. Conflicting evidence exists for the use of functional knee bracing in patients following ACL reconstruction.  Knee bracing can be used for patients with acute posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) injuries, severe medial (tibial) collateral ligament (MCL) injuries, or posterior lateral corner (PLC) injuries.
  • Immediate Versus Delayed Mobilization – Clinicians should consider the use of immediate mobilization following ACL reconstruction to increase range of motion, reduce pain, and limit adverse changes to soft tissue structures.
  • Cryotherapy – Clinicians should consider the use of cryotherapy to reduce postoperative knee pain immediately post-ACL reconstruction.
  • Therapeutic Exercises – Clinicians should consider the use of non–weight-bearing (open chain) exercises in conjunction with weight-bearing (closed-chain) exercises in patients with knee stability and movement coordination impairments.
  • Neuromuscular Electrical Stimulation – Neuromuscular electrical stimulation can be used with patients following ACL reconstruction to increase quadriceps muscle strength.
  • Neuromuscular Reeducation – Clinicians should consider the use of neuromuscular training as a supplementary program to strength training in patients with knee stability and movement coordination impairments.
  • Accelerated” Rehabilitation – Rehabilitation that emphasizes early restoration of knee extension and early weight-bearing activity appears safe for patients with ACL reconstruction. No evidence exists to determine the efficacy and/or safety of early return to sports.
  • Eccentric Strengthening – Clinicians should consider the use of an eccentric exercise ergometer in patients following ACL reconstruction to increase muscle strength and functional performance. Clinicians should consider the use of an eccentric squat program in patients with PCL injury to increase muscle strength and functional performance.
  • Electrotherapy i.e ultrasound, laser therapy, and TENS.
  • Manual therapy
  • Once the pain has subsided, exercises to increase range of movement, balance, and maintain quadriceps strength may be prescribed. These may include: squatting, single calf raises, and later, wobble-board techniques.

Medication

If the pain is a serious and intolerable or acute injury the following medicine may prescribe in the lateral meniscus injury

  • Take anti-inflammatory medications. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), like will help with pain and swelling. However, these drugs can have side effects, such as an increased risk of bleeding and ulcers. They should be only used occasionally unless your doctor specifically says otherwise.
  • Antibiotic – Cefuroxime or Azithromycin, or  Flucloxacillin or any other cephalosporin/quinolone antibiotic must be used to prevent infection or clotted blood remove to prevent furthers swelling and edema.
  • NSAIDs – Prescription-strength drugs that reduce both pain and inflammation. Pain medicines and anti-inflammatory drugs help to relieve pain and stiffness, allowing for increased mobility and exercise. There are many common over-the-counter medicines called non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). They include and KetorolacAceclofenacNaproxen, Etoricoxib.
  • Corticosteroids – Also known as oral steroids, these medications reduce inflammation.
  • Muscle Relaxants –  These medications provide relief from associated muscle spasms.
  • Neuropathic Agents – Drugs(pregabalin & gabapentin) that address neuropathic—or nerve-related—pain. This includes burning, numbness, and tingling.
  • Opioids – Also known as narcotics, these medications are intense pain relievers that should only be used under a doctor’s careful supervision.
  • Topical Medications – These prescription-strength creams, gels, ointments, patches, and sprays help relieve pain and inflammation through the skin.
  • Calcium & vitamin D3 – to improve bone health and healing fracture. As a general rule, men and women age 50 and older should consume 1,200 milligrams of calcium a day, and 600 international units of vitamin D a day.
  • Antidepressants – A drug that blocks pain messages from your brain and boosts the effects of endorphins (your body’s natural painkillers).
  • Glucosamine & DiacereinChondroitin sulfate – can be used to tightening the loose tension, cartilage, ligament, and cartilage, ligament regenerates cartilage or inhabits the further degeneration of cartilage, ligament. They are structural components of articular cartilage, and the thought is that a supplement will aid in the health of articular cartilage.
  • Intra-articular corticosteroid injections – may be useful for symptomatic meniscus injury especially where there is a considerable inflammatory component. The delivery of the corticosteroid directly into the knee may reduce local inflammation associated with a meniscus injury and minimize the systemic effects of the steroid.
  • Intra-articular hyaluronic acid injections (HA) – injections are another injectable option for knee meniscus injury. HA is a glycosaminoglycan that is found throughout the human body and is an important component of synovial fluid and articular cartilage. HA breaks down during the process of meniscus injury and contributes to the loss of articular cartilage as well as stiffness and pain. Local delivery of HA into the joint acts as a lubricant and may help increase the natural production of HA in the joint.

Surgery

Total meniscectomy

  • Nowadays, total meniscectomy is not a common procedure. However, previously it was a popular procedure, and short term outcome results of this technique were regarded as excellent. In 1948, Fairbank first[rx] described the potentially damaging effects of total meniscectomy. The long-term results of total meniscectomy showed unfavorable long-term outcome results.

Partial meniscectomy

  • When meniscal repair is not possible, partial resection of the meniscus is indicated. To avoid the long-term consequences of total meniscectomy, general guidelines have been published.[rx] However, these guidelines have not been tested in a systematic manner, and are to be regarded at best as an expert opinion. A number of studies reported 80%–90% satisfactory clinical results after arthroscopic partial meniscectomy at short-term follow-up (<2 years).

Autologous tissues

  • Autologous tissues such as fat pad, tendon, periosteum, synovial flap and perichondrium have been used as an autograft in preclinical animal or clinical studies. However, satisfactory results were rarely obtained owing to compromised mechanical properties, inferior vascularization, and differences in the shape and internal structure of the repair tissue. Therefore, it can be concluded that these issues are not a good option for the effective replacement of the meniscus.

Allografts

  • Meniscal allograft transplantations have been widely performed for a meniscal deficiency after total or nearly total meniscectomy. The meniscal transplantation emerges as a good indication for patients with a stable joint, appropriate alignment, and with early osteoarthritis of the knee, while these procedures are contraindicated for patients with severe osteoarthritis.

Repair

  • The meniscal repair has evolved from open to arthroscopic techniques, which include the inside-out and outside-in suture repairs and the all-inside techniques.[rx] Inside-out and outside-in techniques involve a mini-incision and securing the meniscus to capsule with suture. The all-inside technique includes several options, including arthroscopic suture tying and absorbable fixation devices with names as an arrow, fastener, dart, and staple.[rx,rx]

Open repair

  • Open repair of meniscus tears has provided successful long-term results ranging from 84%–100%. The open meniscal repair offers the advantage of better preparation of the tear site. However, only the most peripheral of tears in the red-red zone are amenable to this technique because of exposure and accessibility. Long-term follow-up of open meniscal repairs has revealed good success rates.[rx] In this technique, a small incision is performed, similar to that made in an arthroscopic inside-out meniscus repair. The capsule and synovium are incised, allowing direct observation of the tear.

Arthroscopic inside-out repair

  • Henning first described the inside-out technique of arthroscopic meniscal repair. The inside-out meniscal repair technique involves fixation of a tear by placing sutures from inside the knee to a protected area on the outside of the joint capsule.
  • Inside-out techniques use zone-specific cannulas to pass sutures through the joint and across the tear. The sutures are swaged onto flexible needles. A small posterior joint line incision is used to retrieve the sutures and tie directly on the capsule. The use of a posterior retractor, such as a gynecologic speculum, is vital in order to protect the posterior neurovascular structures.[rx,rx]

Arthroscopic outside-in repair

  • The outside-in techniques have been described by Warren and Morgan and Casscells.[rx] Outside-in techniques involve passing sutures percutaneously through spinal needles at the joint line across the tear, and then retrieving the sutures intra-articularly under arthroscopic observation. The needles are passed through the meniscus rim and then through the meniscus body fragment.
  • A small incision is then made at the joint line, where the protruding suture ends are retrieved and tied directly on the capsule. An alternative technique is to retrieve the intra-articular portion of the suture with another pass across the tear using a wire snare and tying the suture back on itself on the capsule. A potential disadvantage of the outside-in technique is difficulty in reducing the tear and opposing the edges while passing the sutures.

Arthroscopic all-inside repair

  • The all-inside technique was traditionally used to perform repairs of the far posterior horns, where a posterior accessory portal is used, along with passing a suture with a suture hook device.[rx,rx] The suture would then be tied intra-articularly.
  • More recently, arthroscopic all-inside meniscal repair techniques recently have become popular because they seem to avoid many of the potential complications of other meniscal repair techniques and decrease operative time. Technologic advances include a number of implantable anchors, arrows, screws, and staples that facilitate meniscal repair without the need for accessory incisions or portals.
  • These devices can be made of permanent or absorbable materials. Although the pullout strength of some of these devices approximates those of mattress sutures in cadaveric studies,[rx] there have been no long-term clinical studies that compare them to more traditional repair techniques.

Meniscal transplantation

  • Meniscal transplantation is generally accepted as a management alternative option for selected symptomatic patients with previous complete or near-complete meniscectomy. Four methods of graft type have been described, including fresh allograft, fresh-frozen, cryopreserved and freeze-dried ( lyophilized).
  • Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis B and C, and syphilis are potentially transferable diseases with meniscal transplant surgery via graft material. The documented risk for HIV transmission is estimated to be at 1 in 8 million.[rx] Secondary sterilization of allografts has previously been undertaken using gamma radiation, ethylene oxide, or chemical sterilization.

Post-Surgical Rehabilitation

Typical locations of arthroscopic surgery incisions in a knee joint following surgery for a tear in the meniscus

After successful surgery for treating the destroyed part of the meniscus, patients must follow a rehabilitation program to have the best result. The rehabilitation following a meniscus surgery depends on whether the entire meniscus was removed or repaired.

If the destroyed part of the meniscus was removed, patients can usually start walking using a crutch a day or two after surgery. Although each case is different, patients return to their normal activities on average after a few weeks (2 or 3). Still, a completely normal walk will resume gradually, and it’s not unusual to take 2–3 months for the recovery to reach a level where a patient will walk totally smoothly. Many meniscectomy patients don’t ever feel a 100% functional recovery, but even years after the procedure they sometimes feel tugging or tension in a part of their knee. There is little medical follow-up after meniscectomy and official medical documentation tends to ignore the imperfections and side-effects of this procedure.

If the meniscus was repaired, the rehabilitation program that follows is a lot more intensive. After the surgery a hinged knee brace is sometimes placed on the patient. This brace allows controlled movement of the knee. The patient is encouraged to walk using crutches from the first day, and most of the times can put partial weight on the knee.

Phase I

There are three phases that follow meniscal surgery. Each phase consists of rehabilitation goals, exercises, and criteria to move on to the next phase. Phase I starts immediately following surgery to 4–6 weeks or until the patient is able to meet progression criteria. The goals are to restore normal knee extension, reduce and eliminate swelling, regain leg control, and protect the knee (Fowler, PJ and D. Pompan, 1993). During the first 5 days following the surgery, a passive continuous motion machine is used to prevent a prolonged period of immobilization which leads to muscular atrophy and delays functional recovery.[rx] During the 4–6 weeks post-surgical, active and passive non-weight bearing motions that flex the knee up to 90° are recommended. For patients with meniscal transplantation, further knee flexion can damage the allograft because of the increased shear forces and stresses.

Phase II

This phase of the rehabilitation program is 6 to 14 weeks after the surgery. The goals for Phase II include being able to restore full ROM, normalized gait, and performing functional movements with control and no pain (Fowler, PJ, and D. Pompan, 1993). Also, muscular strengthening and neuromuscular training are emphasized using progressive weight-bearing and balance exercises. Exercises in this phase can increase knee flexion for more than 90°.[rx] Advised exercises include stationary bicycle, standing on a foam surface with two and one leg, abdominal and back strengthening, and quadriceps strengthening. The proposed criteria include normal gait on all surfaces and single-leg balance longer than 15 seconds (Ulrich G.S., and S Aroncyzk, 1993).

Balance exercises on a foam surface in phase 2. The patient tries to maintain balance first with both legs, then with only the affected leg.

Phase III

Patients begin exercises in phase III 14 to 22 weeks after surgery. Phase III’s goal and final criteria is to perform sport/work specific movements with no pain or swelling (Fowler, PJ, and D. Pompan, 1993). Drills for maximal muscle control, strength, flexibility,[rx] movements specific to patient’s work/sport, low to high rate exercises, and abdominal and back strengthening exercises are all recommended exercises (Ulrich G.S., and S Aroncyzk, 1993). Exercises to increase cardiovascular fitness are also applied to fully prepare the patients to return to their desired activities.

Next Steps

Tips to help you get the most from a visit to your healthcare provider:

  • Know the reason for your visit and what you want to happen.
  • Before your visit, write down the questions you want to be answered.
  • Bring someone with you to help you ask questions and remember what your provider tells you.
  • At the visit, write down the name of a new diagnosis, and any new medicines, treatments, or tests. Also, write down any new instructions your provider gives you.
  • Know why a new medicine or treatment is prescribed, and how it will help you. Also, know what the side effects are.
  • Ask if your condition can be treated in other ways.
  • Know why a test or procedure is recommended and what the results could mean.
  • Know what to expect if you do not take the medicine or have the test or procedure.
  • If you have a follow-up appointment, write down the date, time, and purpose for that visit.
  • Know how you can contact your provider if you have questions.

Prevention

Although it’s hard to prevent accidental knee injuries, you may be able to reduce your risks by:

  • Warming up and stretching before participating in athletic activities
  • Exercising to strengthen the muscles around your knee
  • Avoiding sudden increases in the intensity of your training program
  • Wearing comfortable, supportive shoes that fit your feet and your sport
  • Wearing appropriate protective gear during activities, including athletic activities, in which knee injuries are common (especially if you’ve had knee injuries before).

References

ByRx Harun

cURL error Types – Could not resolve host

cURL error Types – Could not resolve host/This Knowledge Base article provides the meanings for some common Lib curl messages that you might see with ePolicy Orchestrator, McAfee Agent, or Rogue System Detection.

Note that McAfee Agent uses the libcurl library to establish its connection to the Agent Handler. So, many ASCI sessions fail with a curl error code.

Lib curl Message Meaning
Curl_OK (0) Normal operation
CURLE_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL (1) The URL you passed to Lib curl used a protocol that Lib curl does not support
CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_PROXY (5) Could not resolve the proxy. The given proxy host could not be resolved
CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_HOST (6) Could not resolve host. The given remote host could not be resolved
CURLE_COULDNT_CONNECT (7) Failed to connect to host or proxy
CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEDOUT (28) Operation timeout. The specified time-out period was reached according to the conditions.
CURLE_SSL_CONNECT_ERROR (35) A problem occurred somewhere in the SSL/TLS handshake. Review the error buffer and read the message which provides more detail. Possibly down to certificates (file formats, paths, permissions, passwords.
CURLE_GOT_NOTHING (52) Nothing was returned from the server. This error is considered an error
CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_NOTFOUND (53) The specified crypto engine was not found
CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_SETFAILED (54) Failed while setting the selected SSL crypto engine as default
CURLE_SEND_ERROR (55) Failure while sending network data
CURLE_RECV_ERROR (56) Failure while receiving network data
CURLE_SSL_CACERT (60) Peer certificate cannot be authenticated with known CA certificates
CURLE_SSL_SHUTDOWN_FAILED (80) Failed to shut down the SSL connection

NOTE: For a complete list of CURL error codes, see https://curl.haxx.se/libcurl/c/libcurl-errors.html

Problem

The following are examples of the errors you see in the log files for the relevant McAfee product:
ERROR RSDSensor.ServerCom <> – There was an error connecting to the server ‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’ curl error=SSL connect error (35)

ERROR RSDSensor.ServerCom <> – There was an error connecting to the server ‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’ curl error=Server returned nothing (no headers, no data) (52)

There was a problem on the remote command execution. cURL exit code: 51

Macmnsvc(3936.384) network.Error: URL(https://10.x.x.x:80/Software//SiteStat.xml) request, failed with curl error 23, Response 200

005056011dfb}&Source=Agent_3.0.0&TenantId=E46AF86C-AA4A-4243-B4D5-5BA313376CC4) request failed with curl error <7>, response code <0>, http connect code 0

CURLcode

Almost all “easy” interface functions return a CURLcode error code. No matter what, using the curl_easy_setopt option CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER is a good idea as it will give you a human readable error string that may offer more details about the cause of the error than just the error code. curl_easy_strerror can be called to get an error string from a given CURLcode number.

CURLcode is one of the following:

CURLE_OK (0)

All fine. Proceed as usual.

CURLE_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL (1)

The URL you passed to libcurl used a protocol that this libcurl does not support. The support might be a compile-time option that you didn’t use, it can be a misspelled protocol string or just a protocol libcurl has no code for.

CURLE_FAILED_INIT (2)

Very early initialization code failed. This is likely to be an internal error or problem, or a resource problem where something fundamental couldn’t get done at init time.

CURLE_URL_MALFORMAT (3)

The URL was not properly formatted.

CURLE_NOT_BUILT_IN (4)

A requested feature, protocol or option was not found built-in in this libcurl due to a build-time decision. This means that a feature or option was not enabled or explicitly disabled when libcurl was built and in order to get it to function you have to get a rebuilt libcurl.

CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_PROXY (5)

Couldn’t resolve proxy. The given proxy host could not be resolved.

CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_HOST (6)

Couldn’t resolve host. The given remote host was not resolved.

CURLE_COULDNT_CONNECT (7)

Failed to connect() to host or proxy.

CURLE_WEIRD_SERVER_REPLY (8)

The server sent data libcurl couldn’t parse. This error code was known as as CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_SERVER_REPLY before 7.51.0.

CURLE_REMOTE_ACCESS_DENIED (9)

We were denied access to the resource given in the URL. For FTP, this occurs while trying to change to the remote directory.

CURLE_FTP_ACCEPT_FAILED (10)

While waiting for the server to connect back when an active FTP session is used, an error code was sent over the control connection or similar.

CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_PASS_REPLY (11)

After having sent the FTP password to the server, libcurl expects a proper reply. This error code indicates that an unexpected code was returned.

CURLE_FTP_ACCEPT_TIMEOUT (12)

During an active FTP session while waiting for the server to connect, the CURLOPT_ACCEPTTIMEOUT_MS (or the internal default) timeout expired.

CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_PASV_REPLY (13)

libcurl failed to get a sensible result back from the server as a response to either a PASV or a EPSV command. The server is flawed.

CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_227_FORMAT (14)

FTP servers return a 227-line as a response to a PASV command. If libcurl fails to parse that line, this return code is passed back.

CURLE_FTP_CANT_GET_HOST (15)

An internal failure to lookup the host used for the new connection.

CURLE_HTTP2 (16)

A problem was detected in the HTTP2 framing layer. This is somewhat generic and can be one out of several problems, see the error buffer for details.

CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_TYPE (17)

Received an error when trying to set the transfer mode to binary or ASCII.

CURLE_PARTIAL_FILE (18)

A file transfer was shorter or larger than expected. This happens when the server first reports an expected transfer size, and then delivers data that doesn’t match the previously given size.

CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_RETR_FILE (19)

This was either a weird reply to a ‘RETR’ command or a zero byte transfer complete.

CURLE_QUOTE_ERROR (21)

When sending custom “QUOTE” commands to the remote server, one of the commands returned an error code that was 400 or higher (for FTP) or otherwise indicated unsuccessful completion of the command.

CURLE_HTTP_RETURNED_ERROR (22)

This is returned if CURLOPT_FAILONERROR is set TRUE and the HTTP server returns an error code that is >= 400.

CURLE_WRITE_ERROR (23)

An error occurred when writing received data to a local file, or an error was returned to libcurl from a write callback.

CURLE_UPLOAD_FAILED (25)

Failed starting the upload. For FTP, the server typically denied the STOR command. The error buffer usually contains the server’s explanation for this.

CURLE_READ_ERROR (26)

There was a problem reading a local file or an error returned by the read callback.

CURLE_OUT_OF_MEMORY (27)

A memory allocation request failed. This is serious badness and things are severely screwed up if this ever occurs.

CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEDOUT (28)

Operation timeout. The specified time-out period was reached according to the conditions.

CURLE_FTP_PORT_FAILED (30)

The FTP PORT command returned error. This mostly happens when you haven’t specified a good enough address for libcurl to use. See CURLOPT_FTPPORT.

CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_USE_REST (31)

The FTP REST command returned error. This should never happen if the server is sane.

CURLE_RANGE_ERROR (33)

The server does not support or accept range requests.

CURLE_HTTP_POST_ERROR (34)

This is an odd error that mainly occurs due to internal confusion.

CURLE_SSL_CONNECT_ERROR (35)

A problem occurred somewhere in the SSL/TLS handshake. You really want the error buffer and read the message there as it pinpoints the problem slightly more. Could be certificates (file formats, paths, permissions), passwords, and others.

CURLE_BAD_DOWNLOAD_RESUME (36)

The download could not be resumed because the specified offset was out of the file boundary.

CURLE_FILE_COULDNT_READ_FILE (37)

A file given with FILE:// couldn’t be opened. Most likely because the file path doesn’t identify an existing file. Did you check file permissions?

CURLE_LDAP_CANNOT_BIND (38)

LDAP cannot bind. LDAP bind operation failed.

CURLE_LDAP_SEARCH_FAILED (39)

LDAP search failed.

CURLE_FUNCTION_NOT_FOUND (41)

Function not found. A required zlib function was not found.

CURLE_ABORTED_BY_CALLBACK (42)

Aborted by callback. A callback returned “abort” to libcurl.

CURLE_BAD_FUNCTION_ARGUMENT (43)

A function was called with a bad parameter.

CURLE_INTERFACE_FAILED (45)

Interface error. A specified outgoing interface could not be used. Set which interface to use for outgoing connections’ source IP address with CURLOPT_INTERFACE.

CURLE_TOO_MANY_REDIRECTS (47)

Too many redirects. When following redirects, libcurl hit the maximum amount. Set your limit with CURLOPT_MAXREDIRS.

CURLE_UNKNOWN_OPTION (48)

An option passed to libcurl is not recognized/known. Refer to the appropriate documentation. This is most likely a problem in the program that uses libcurl. The error buffer might contain more specific information about which exact option it concerns.

CURLE_TELNET_OPTION_SYNTAX (49)

A telnet option string was Illegally formatted.

CURLE_GOT_NOTHING (52)

Nothing was returned from the server, and under the circumstances, getting nothing is considered an error.

CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_NOTFOUND (53)

The specified crypto engine wasn’t found.

CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_SETFAILED (54)

Failed setting the selected SSL crypto engine as default!

CURLE_SEND_ERROR (55)

Failed sending network data.

CURLE_RECV_ERROR (56)

Failure with receiving network data.

CURLE_SSL_CERTPROBLEM (58)

problem with the local client certificate.

CURLE_SSL_CIPHER (59)

Couldn’t use specified cipher.

CURLE_PEER_FAILED_VERIFICATION (60)

The remote server’s SSL certificate or SSH md5 fingerprint was deemed not OK. This error code has been unified with CURLE_SSL_CACERT since 7.62.0. Its previous value was 51.

CURLE_BAD_CONTENT_ENCODING (61)

Unrecognized transfer encoding.

CURLE_LDAP_INVALID_URL (62)

Invalid LDAP URL.

CURLE_FILESIZE_EXCEEDED (63)

Maximum file size exceeded.

CURLE_USE_SSL_FAILED (64)

Requested FTP SSL level failed.

CURLE_SEND_FAIL_REWIND (65)

When doing a send operation curl had to rewind the data to retransmit, but the rewinding operation failed.

CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_INITFAILED (66)

Initiating the SSL Engine failed.

CURLE_LOGIN_DENIED (67)

The remote server denied curl to login (Added in 7.13.1)

CURLE_TFTP_NOTFOUND (68)

File not found on TFTP server.

CURLE_TFTP_PERM (69)

Permission problem on TFTP server.

CURLE_REMOTE_DISK_FULL (70)

Out of disk space on the server.

CURLE_TFTP_ILLEGAL (71)

Illegal TFTP operation.

CURLE_TFTP_UNKNOWNID (72)

Unknown TFTP transfer ID.

CURLE_REMOTE_FILE_EXISTS (73)

File already exists and will not be overwritten.

CURLE_TFTP_NOSUCHUSER (74)

This error should never be returned by a properly functioning TFTP server.

CURLE_CONV_FAILED (75)

Character conversion failed.

CURLE_CONV_REQD (76)

Caller must register conversion callbacks.

CURLE_SSL_CACERT_BADFILE (77)

Problem with reading the SSL CA cert (path? access rights?)

CURLE_REMOTE_FILE_NOT_FOUND (78)

The resource referenced in the URL does not exist.

CURLE_SSH (79)

An unspecified error occurred during the SSH session.

CURLE_SSL_SHUTDOWN_FAILED (80)

Failed to shut down the SSL connection.

CURLE_AGAIN (81)

Socket is not ready for send/recv wait till it’s ready and try again. This return code is only returned from curl_easy_recv and curl_easy_send (Added in 7.18.2)

CURLE_SSL_CRL_BADFILE (82)

Failed to load CRL file (Added in 7.19.0)

CURLE_SSL_ISSUER_ERROR (83)

issuer check failed (Added in 7.19.0)

CURLE_FTP_PRET_FAILED (84)

The FTP server does not understand the PRET command at all or does not support the given argument. Be careful when using CURLOPT_CUSTOMREQUEST, a custom LIST command will be sent with PRET CMD before PASV as well. (Added in 7.20.0)

CURLE_RTSP_CSEQ_ERROR (85)

Mismatch of RTSP CSeq numbers.

CURLE_RTSP_SESSION_ERROR (86)

Mismatch of RTSP Session Identifiers.

CURLE_FTP_BAD_FILE_LIST (87)

Unable to parse FTP file list (during FTP wildcard downloading).

CURLE_CHUNK_FAILED (88)

Chunk callback reported error.

CURLE_NO_CONNECTION_AVAILABLE (89)

(For internal use only, will never be returned by libcurl) No connection available, the session will be queued. (added in 7.30.0)

CURLE_SSL_PINNEDPUBKEYNOTMATCH (90)

Failed to match the pinned key specified with CURLOPT_PINNEDPUBLICKEY.

CURLE_SSL_INVALIDCERTSTATUS (91)

Status returned failure when asked with CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYSTATUS.

CURLE_HTTP2_STREAM (92)

Stream error in the HTTP/2 framing layer.

CURLE_RECURSIVE_API_CALL (93)

An API function was called from inside a callback.

CURLE_AUTH_ERROR (94)

An authentication function returned an error.

CURLE_HTTP3 (95)

A problem was detected in the HTTP/3 layer. This is somewhat generic and can be one out of several problems, see the error buffer for details.

CURLE_QUIC_CONNECT_ERROR (96)

QUIC connection error. This error may be caused by an SSL library error. QUIC is the protocol used for HTTP/3 transfers.

CURLE_OBSOLETE*

These error codes will never be returned. They were used in an old libcurl version and are currently unused.

CURLMcode

This is the generic return code used by functions in the libcurl multi interface. Also consider curl_multi_strerror.

CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM (-1)

This is not really an error. It means you should call curl_multi_perform again without doing select() or similar in between. Before version 7.20.0 this could be returned by curl_multi_perform, but in later versions this return code is never used.

CURLM_CALL_MULTI_SOCKET (-1)

An alias for CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM. Never returned by modern libcurl versions.

CURLM_OK (0)

Things are fine.

CURLM_BAD_HANDLE (1)

The passed-in handle is not a valid CURLM handle.

CURLM_BAD_EASY_HANDLE (2)

An easy handle was not good/valid. It could mean that it isn’t an easy handle at all, or possibly that the handle already is in use by this or another multi handle.

CURLM_OUT_OF_MEMORY (3)

You are doomed.

CURLM_INTERNAL_ERROR (4)

This can only be returned if libcurl bugs. Please report it to us!

CURLM_BAD_SOCKET (5)

The passed-in socket is not a valid one that libcurl already knows about. (Added in 7.15.4)

CURLM_UNKNOWN_OPTION (6)

curl_multi_setopt() with unsupported option (Added in 7.15.4)

CURLM_ADDED_ALREADY (7)

An easy handle already added to a multi handle was attempted to get added a second time. (Added in 7.32.1)

CURLM_RECURSIVE_API_CALL (8)

An API function was called from inside a callback.

CURLM_WAKEUP_FAILURE (9)

Wakeup is unavailable or failed.

CURLM_BAD_FUNCTION_ARGUMENT (10)

A function was called with a bad parameter.

CURLSHcode

The “share” interface will return a CURLSHcode to indicate when an error has occurred. Also consider curl_share_strerror.

CURLSHE_OK (0)

All fine. Proceed as usual.

CURLSHE_BAD_OPTION (1)

An invalid option was passed to the function.

CURLSHE_IN_USE (2)

The share object is currently in use.

CURLSHE_INVALID (3)

An invalid share object was passed to the function.

CURLSHE_NOMEM (4)

Not enough memory was available. (Added in 7.12.0)

CURLSHE_NOT_BUILT_IN (5)

The requested sharing could not be done because the library you use don’t have that particular feature enabled. (Added in 7.23.0)

CURLUcode

CURLUE_BAD_HANDLE (1)

An argument that should be a CURLU pointer was passed in as a NULL.

CURLUE_BAD_PARTPOINTER (2)

A NULL pointer was passed to the ‘part’ argument of curl_url_get.

CURLUE_MALFORMED_INPUT (3)

A malformed input was passed to a URL API function.

CURLUE_BAD_PORT_NUMBER (4)

The port number was not a decimal number between 0 and 65535.

CURLUE_UNSUPPORTED_SCHEME (5)

This libcurl build doesn’t support the given URL scheme.

CURLUE_URLDECODE (6)

URL decode error, most likely because of rubbish in the input.

CURLUE_OUT_OF_MEMORY (7)

A memory function failed.

CURLUE_USER_NOT_ALLOWED (8)

Credentials was passed in the URL when prohibited.

CURLUE_UNKNOWN_PART (9)

An unknown part ID was passed to a URL API function.

CURLUE_NO_SCHEME (10)

There is no scheme part in the URL.

CURLUE_NO_USER (11)

There is no user part in the URL.

CURLUE_NO_PASSWORD (12)

There is no password part in the URL.

CURLUE_NO_OPTIONS (13)

There is no options part in the URL.

CURLUE_NO_HOST (14)

There is no host part in the URL.

CURLUE_NO_PORT (15)

There is no port part in the URL.

CURLUE_NO_QUERY (16)

There is no query part in the URL.

CURLUE_NO_FRAGMENT (17)

DESCRIPTION

       This  man  page includes most, if not all, available error
       codes in libcurl.  Why they occur and  possibly  what  you
       can do to fix the problem.

CURLcode

       Almost  all  "easy"  interface functions return a CURLcode
       error code. No matter what, using CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER is a
       good  idea  as  it  will  give  you a human readable error
       string that may offer more details about the  error  cause
       than just the error code does.

       This  man  page  is  meant  to  describe libcurl 7.9.6 and
       later. Earlier versions might have  had  quirks  not  men-
       tioned here.

       CURLcode is one of the following:

        CURLE_OK (0)
             All fine. Proceed as usual.

        CURLE_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL (1)
             The  URL  you passed to libcurl used a protocol that
             this libcurl does not support. The support might  be
             a compile-time option that you didn't use, it can be
             a misspelled protocol  string  or  just  a  protocol
             libcurl has no code for.

        CURLE_FAILED_INIT (2)
             Very  early  initialization  code  failed.  This  is
             likely to be an internal error or problem.

        CURLE_URL_MALFORMAT (3)
             The URL was not properly formatted.

        CURLE_URL_MALFORMAT_USER (4)
             URL user malformatted. The user-part of the URL syn-
             tax was not correct.

        CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_PROXY (5)
             Couldn't  resolve  proxy. The given proxy host could
             not be resolved.

        CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_HOST (6)
             Couldn't resolve host. The given remote host was not
             resolved.

        CURLE_COULDNT_CONNECT (7)
             Failed to connect() to host or proxy.

             After connecting to a FTP server, libcurl expects to
             get a certain reply back.  This error  code  implies
             that it god a strange or bad reply. The given remote
             server is probably not an OK FTP server.

        CURLE_FTP_ACCESS_DENIED (9)
             We were denied access when trying to login to an FTP
             server or when trying to change working directory to
             the one given in the URL.

        CURLE_FTP_USER_PASSWORD_INCORRECT (10)
             The username and/or the password were incorrect when
             trying to login to an FTP server.

        CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_PASS_REPLY (11)
             After  having  sent  the FTP password to the server,
             libcurl expects a  proper  reply.  This  error  code
             indicates that an unexpected code was returned.

        CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_USER_REPLY (12)
             After  having  sent  user  name  to  the FTP server,
             libcurl expects a  proper  reply.  This  error  code
             indicates that an unexpected code was returned.

        CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_PASV_REPLY (13)
             libcurl  failed  to  get a sensible result back from
             the server as a response to either a PASV or a  EPSV
             command. The server is flawed.

        CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_227_FORMAT (14)
             FTP  servers  return  a  227-line as a response to a
             PASV command. If libcurl fails to parse  that  line,
             this return code is passed back.

        CURLE_FTP_CANT_GET_HOST (15)
             An  internal failure to lookup the host used for the
             new connection.

        CURLE_FTP_CANT_RECONNECT (16)
             A bad return code on either PASV or EPSV was sent by
             the  FTP  server, preventing libcurl from being able
             to continue.

        CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_BINARY (17)
             Received an error when trying to  set  the  transfer
             mode to binary.

        CURLE_PARTIAL_FILE (18)
             A file transfer was shorter or larger than expected.
             This  happens  when  the  server  first  reports  an
             expected  transfer size, and then delivers data that
             doesn't match the previously given size.
             This was either a weird reply to a 'RETR' command or
             a zero byte transfer complete.

        CURLE_FTP_WRITE_ERROR (20)
             After  a completed file transfer, the FTP server did
             not respond a proper


        CURLE_FTP_QUOTE_ERROR (21)
             When sending custom "QUOTE" commands to  the  remote
             server,  one  of the commands returned an error code
             that was 400 or higher.

        CURLE_HTTP_RETURNED_ERROR (22)
             This is returned if CURLOPT_FAILONERROR is set  TRUE
             and the HTTP server returns an error code that is >=
             400.

        CURLE_WRITE_ERROR (23)
             An error occurred when writing received  data  to  a
             local file, or an error was returned to libcurl from
             a write callback.

        CURLE_MALFORMAT_USER (24)
             Malformat user. User name badly specified. *Not cur-
             rently used*

        CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_STOR_FILE (25)
             FTP  couldn't  STOR file. The server denied the STOR
             operation. The error  buffer  usually  contains  the
             server's explanation to this.

        CURLE_READ_ERROR (26)
             There was a problem reading a local file or an error
             returned by the read callback.

        CURLE_OUT_OF_MEMORY (27)
             Out of memory. A memory allocation  request  failed.
             This  is  serious  badness  and  things  are severly
             screwed up if this ever occur.

        CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEOUTED (28)
             Operation timeout. The specified time-out period was
             reached according to the conditions.

        CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_ASCII (29)
             libcurl  failed to set ASCII transfer type (TYPE A).

        CURLE_FTP_PORT_FAILED (30)
             The FTP PORT command  returned  error.  This  mostly
             happen  when  you  haven't  specified  a good enough
             address for libcurl to use. See CURLOPT_FTPPORT.
             The FTP REST command  returned  error.  This  should
             never happen if the server is sane.

        CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_GET_SIZE (32)
             The  FTP SIZE command returned errror. SIZE is not a
             kosher FTP command, it is an extension and  not  all
             servers  support it. This is not a surprising error.

        CURLE_HTTP_RANGE_ERROR (33)
             The HTTP server does not  support  or  accept  range
             requests.

        CURLE_HTTP_POST_ERROR (34)
             This  is  an  odd  error  that  mainly occurs due to
             internal confusion.

        CURLE_SSL_CONNECT_ERROR (35)
             A problem occured somewhere  in  the  SSL/TLS  hand-
             shake. You really want the error buffer and read the
             message there as it pinpoints the  problem  slightly
             more.  Could  be  certificates (file formats, paths,
             permissions), passwords, and others.

        CURLE_FTP_BAD_DOWNLOAD_RESUME (36)
             Attempting FTP resume beyond file size.

        CURLE_FILE_COULDNT_READ_FILE (37)
             A file given with FILE:// couldn't be  opened.  Most
             likely  because  the  file  path doesn't identify an
             existing file. Did you check file permissions?

        CURLE_LDAP_CANNOT_BIND (38)
             LDAP cannot bind. LDAP bind operation failed.

        CURLE_LDAP_SEARCH_FAILED (39)
             LDAP search failed.

        CURLE_LIBRARY_NOT_FOUND (40)
             Library not found. The LDAP library was not found.

        CURLE_FUNCTION_NOT_FOUND (41)
             Function not found. A required LDAP function was not
             found.

        CURLE_ABORTED_BY_CALLBACK (42)
             Aborted  by callback. A callback returned "abort" to
             libcurl.

        CURLE_BAD_FUNCTION_ARGUMENT (43)
             Internal error. A function was  called  with  a  bad
             parameter.

             Internal  error.  A  function  was  called  in a bad
             order.

        CURLE_HTTP_PORT_FAILED (45)
             Interface  error.  A  specified  outgoing  interface
             could  not  be  used. Set which interface to use for
             outgoing connections' source IP  address  with  CUR-
             LOPT_INTERFACE.

        CURLE_BAD_PASSWORD_ENTERED (46)
             Bad password entered. An error was signaled when the
             password was entered. This can also be the result of
             a  "bad password" returned from a specified password
             callback.

        CURLE_TOO_MANY_REDIRECTS (47)
             Too  many  redirects.  When   following   redirects,
             libcurl hit the maximum amount.  Set your limit with
             CURLOPT_MAXREDIRS.

        CURLE_UNKNOWN_TELNET_OPTION (48)
             An option set  with  CURLOPT_TELNETOPTIONS  was  not
             recognized/known.  Refer to the appropriate documen-
             tation.

        CURLE_TELNET_OPTION_SYNTAX (49)
             A telnet option string was Illegally formatted.

        CURLE_OBSOLETE (50)
             This is not an error. This used to be another  error
             code  in  an  old  libcurl  version and is currently
             unused.

        CURLE_SSL_PEER_CERTIFICATE (51)
             The remote server's SSL certificate was  deemed  not
             OK.

        CURLE_GOT_NOTHING (52)
             Nothing  was returned from the server, and under the
             circumstances,  getting  nothing  is  considered  an
             error.

        CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_NOTFOUND (53)
             The specified crypto engine wasn't found.

        CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_SETFAILED (54)
             Failed  setting  the  selected  SSL crypto engine as
             default!

        CURLE_SEND_ERROR (55)
             Failed sending network data.

             Failure with receiving network data.

        CURL_LAST
             This is not an error, but in  the  curl/curl.h  file
             this  can  be  used  to know how many existing error
             codes there are.



CURLMcode

       This is the generic return code used by functions  in  the
       libcurl multi interface.
ByRx Harun

Medial Collateral Ligament Sprain – Diagnosis, Treatment

Medial Collateral Ligament Sprain (MCL) is a flat band of connective tissue that runs from the medial epicondyle of the femur to the medial condyle of the tibia. Its role is to provide valgus stability to the knee joint. MCL injuries often occur in sports, especially in skiing; in fact, 60% of skiing knee injuries involve the MCL.

The tibial collateral ligament, also known as the medial collateral ligament (MCL), is a ligament extending from the medial epicondyle of the femur to the posteromedial crest of the tibia. The ligament is a broad and strong band that mainly functions to stabilize the knee joint in the coronal plane on the medial side.

Types of Medial Collateral Ligament Sprain

Doctors categorize MCL injuries according to the following criteria

  • Grade I tear –  This is a slight tear (or stretch) of the MCL. Both ends of the ligament are still attached to the bone, but a portion of the ligament may sag and be less taut. Recovery usually takes 1 to 2 weeks; therapy may not be needed.
  • Grade II tear – This is a slightly more severe tear of the MCL, with a portion of the ligament sagging. Pain and swelling is usually more severe than with a grade I tear. Kids usually need 3 to 4 weeks of rest and sometimes therapy.
  • Grade III tear – With this type of injury, the MCL breaks in half. Many kids are unable to bend the knee or bear weight on it without pain. They might be unstable while walking, and the knee may sometimes “give out.” Kids with this injury need to wear a knee brace and undergo rehab therapy for 6 weeks or longer.

Causes of Medial Collateral Ligament Sprain

MCL injuries are regularly seen in contact and non-contact sports and often occur in the following instances:

  • Motor vehicle accidents – A “dashboard injury” occurs when the driver’s or passenger’s bent knee slams against the dashboard, pushing in the shinbone just below the knee and causing a tear.
  • Contact sports – Athletes in sports such as football and soccer can tear their ligament when they fall on a bent knee with their foot pointed down. The shinbone hits the ground first and it moves backward. Being tackled when your knee is bent also can cause this injury.
  • The knee is hit directly – especially during sports like soccer, rugby, and football
  • A person lands on a bent knee – such as during a fall or misstep
  • Landing directly on the front of the shinbone – such as when a dancer comes down from a leap and falls
  • A person makes cutting or pivoting maneuvers – such as when an athlete plants a foot and shifts directions
  • A person lands on one leg – which can happen after a jump in basketball or volleyball
  • A direct blow to the bent knee in an automobile injury
  • A sports-related injury in which the knee bends
  • Pulling on the ligament in a twisting injury or hyperextension
  • A misstep on uneven terrain
  • When the knee is hit directly on its outer side, such as from a football tackle
  • As a result of cutting maneuvers, when an athlete plants a foot and forcefully shifts direction
  • Squatting or lifting heavy objects, such as weight lifting
  • Landing awkwardly on the knee, such as when jumping in volleyball
  • Hyperextending the knee, such as when skiing
  • Through repeated stress to the knee, which causes the ligament to lose its elasticity (like a worn-out rubber band)

While sports injuries are the most common cause of MCL tears and sprains, any direct blow, such as during a car accident, can cause the ligament to be damaged.

Symptoms of Medial Collateral Ligament Sprain

A person who experiences an MCL injury typically reports a combination of the following symptoms:

  • A “popping” sound – when the injury occurs. This sound is usually a sign of a grade II or grade III tear.
  • Immediate sharp pain – from the inner section of the knee.
  • Immediate swelling – at the inner knee. Swelling may increase and spread to the actual knee joint 1 or 2 days following the injury.
  • Tenderness –  around the inner knee. This area may be painful to the touch.
  • Increased pain – a few hours after the injury.
  • Bruising around the knee – especially around the location of the MCL (inner knee).
  • Noticeable looseness – in the knee. A person may be able to feel looseness around the inner knee when walking. The knee may feel as if it has a greater range of motion than normal.
  • Knee stiffness – may make walking, sitting down, rising from a chair or climbing stairs difficult. A person may have trouble bending or straightening the knee.
  • The feeling of knee instability – may be particularly noticeable during activities that strain the knee, such as going downstairs or pivoting on one leg. The knee may feel as if it is about to give out. Instability is usually associated with more severe MCL tears.
  • Pain when bearing weight – such as when walking, sitting down, or rising from a chair.

Diagnosis of Medial Collateral Ligament Sprain

Stage

The severity and symptoms of a knee ligament sprain depend on the degree of stretching or tearing of the knee ligament. You may notice an audible snap or tearing sound at the time of your ligament injury.

  • In a mild, Grade I MCL sprain –  the knee ligament has a slight stretch, but they don’t tear. Although the knee joint may not hurt or swell very much, a mild ligament sprain can increase the risk of a repeat injury.
  • With a moderate Grade II MCL sprain – the knee ligament tears partially. Knee swelling and bruising are common, and the use of the knee joint is usually painful and challenging. You may have some complaints of instability or a feeling of the knee giving way.
    With a severe Grade III MCL sprain – the ligament tears completely, causing swelling and sometimes bleeding under the skin. As a result, the joint is unstable and can be difficult to bear weight. You may have a feeling of the knee giving way. Often there will be no pain or severe pain that subsides quickly following a grade 3 tear as all of the pain fibers are torn at the time of injury. With these more severe tears, other structures are at risk of injury, including the meniscus or ACL.

Physical Exam

Testing of the knee joint should be done using the following techniques and the findings compared to the contralateral, normal knee:[rx][rx]

  • Valgus stress at 0° and 20° – This test puts direct stress on the medial knee structures, reproducing the mechanism of injury. Valgus stress testing is done with the patient supine on the exam table. The lower extremity, supported by the examiner, is abducted. The examiner’s fingers monitor the medial joint space for gapping while placing the opposite hand on the ankle. The knee is placed in 20° of flexion. The examiner then uses their own thigh as a fulcrum at the knee and applies a valgus force (pulling the foot and ankle away from the patient’s body). The force is then used to establish the amount of gapping present within the joint. It has been reported that 20° of flexion is best for isolating the MCL, allowing the practitioner to establish the degree of injury (see Classification). Additional testing is done at 0° to determine if a Grade III injury is present.[rx][rx]
  • Valgus stress testing –  is the best way to test the integrity of the MCL directly. The patient should be positioned supine with the hip abducted on the affected side so that the leg is unsupported off the table. The knee should be brought into 30 degrees of flexion. The examiner should grasp the ankle with one hand and push the ankle laterally while applying a valgus force to the knee with the other hand.
  • Anteromedial drawer test – This test is performed with the patient supine with the knee flexed to 80-90°. The foot is externally rotated 10-15° and the examiner supplies an anterior and external rotational force. The joint can then be evaluated for tibial anteromedial rotation, taking care to recognize the possibility of posterolateral corner instability giving similar rotational test results. As always, compare the test in the opposite knee.[rx][rx][rx]
  • Dial Test (anteromedial rotation test) – This test should be executed with the patient lying both supine and prone. When the patient is supine, the knees must be flexed 30° off the table. The thigh is then stabilized and the foot externally rotated. The examiner watches for the tibial tubercle of the affected knee to rotate as the foot rotates, comparing it to the contralateral knee. A positive test will show the rotation of greater than 10-15° of rotation compared to the opposite knee. This is most easily assessed with a hand placed over the tibia while testing. When the patient is prone, the knee is flexed to 90° and both feet are externally rotated and compared, noting the difference from the non-injured joint. Similar to the anteromedial drawer test, a false positive test can result from a posterolateral corner injury. Testing at both 30° and 90° helps to distinguish between these injuries: one should monitor where the tibial rotation occurs (anteromedial or posterolateral) in the supine position and also assess for medial or lateral joint line gapping to differentiate between these two injuries.[rx][rx][rx]

Imaging Test

  • X-rays – use low levels of radiation and give doctors a view of a person’s bones. Although MCL injuries do not show up on standard X-ray exams, they are a relatively inexpensive, fast way to rule out other possible injuries that might be causing the symptoms. Additionally, a stress X-ray—where a physician applies a valgus force to the knee during the exam—can help to determine the degree of ligamentous injury.
  • Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) – shows a detailed view of the soft tissue surrounding the knee joint. An MRI can also help a doctor determine the location and grade of an MCL tear.
  • Ultrasound imaging – uses high-frequency sound waves to build a picture of the knee’s tissues. Ultrasound can be utilized in situations when an MRI is not recommended. Ultrasound may also be used in an urgent care setting to make an immediate assessment, allowing the injury to be treated more quickly.

Treatment of Medial Collateral Ligament Sprain

Nonsurgical

Most everyone who has an MCL injury will be advised by a health care professional to follow the RICE method:

  • Rest – Activities that irritates the knee, such as pivoting and walking for long periods of time, should be avoided until the symptoms get better.
  • Ice – A person may be advised to apply ice packs to the knee to help reduce swelling and decrease pain. Apply ice with a compressive wrap for 20 minutes and repeat every 3-4 hours for the first 24-48 hours.
  • Compression – Wearing a tight, elastic bandage around the knee can help stop swelling.
  • Elevation – Keeping the knee propped up above the waist can help decrease swelling.
  • Wear a knee cap – that allows the knee to move forward and backward but restricts side-to-side movement. Apply minimally restrictive lateral hinge brace (grade II or III injuries).
  • Use crutches – to avoid weight-bearing. Crutches are not needed in all cases. Dispense crutches; allow weight-bearing as tolerated.
  • Bracing – Your knee must be protected from the same sideways force that caused the injury. You may need to change your daily activities to avoid risky movements. Your doctor may recommend a brace to protect the injured ligament from stress. To further protect your knee, you may be given crutches to keep you from putting weight on your

Medication

If the injury is severe and pain is intolerable the following medicine can be considered to prescribe

  • Take anti-inflammatory medications – Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), like will help with pain and swelling. However, these drugs can have side effects, such as an increased risk of bleeding and ulcers. They should be only used occasionally unless your doctor specifically says otherwise.
  • Antibiotic – Cefuroxime or Azithromycin, or  Flucloxacillin or any other cephalosporin/quinolone antibiotic must be used to prevent infection or clotted blood remove to prevent furthers swelling and edema.
  • NSAIDs – Prescription-strength drugs that reduce both pain and inflammation. Pain medicines and anti-inflammatory drugs help to relieve pain and stiffness, allowing for increased mobility and exercise. There are many common over-the-counter medicines called non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). They include and KetorolacAceclofenacNaproxen, Etoricoxib.
  • Corticosteroids – Also known as oral steroids, these medications reduce inflammation.
  • Muscle Relaxants –  These medications provide relief from associated muscle spasms.
  • Neuropathic Agents – Drugs(pregabalin & gabapentin) that address neuropathic—or nerve-related—pain. This includes burning, numbness, and tingling.
  • Opioids – Also known as narcotics, these medications are intense pain relievers that should only be used under a doctor’s careful supervision.
  • Topical Medications – These prescription-strength creams, gels, ointments, patches, and sprays help relieve pain and inflammation through the skin.
  • Calcium & vitamin D3 – to improve bone health and healing fracture. As a general rule, men and women age 50 and older should consume 1,200 milligrams of calcium a day, and 600 international units of vitamin D a day.
  • Antidepressants – A drug that blocks pain messages from your brain and boosts the effects of endorphins (your body’s natural painkillers).
  • Glucosamine & DiacereinChondroitin sulfate – can be used to tightening the loose tension, cartilage, ligament, and cartilage, ligament regenerates cartilage or inhabits the further degeneration of cartilage, ligament. They are structural components of articular cartilage, and the thought is that a supplement will aid in the health of articular cartilage.
  • Intra-articular corticosteroid injections – may be useful for symptomatic injury especially where there is a considerable inflammatory component. The delivery of the corticosteroid directly into the knee may reduce local inflammation associated with injury and minimize the systemic effects of the steroid.
  • Intra-articular hyaluronic acid injections (HA) – injections are another injectable option for a knee injury. HA is a glycosaminoglycan that is found throughout the human body and is an important component of synovial fluid and articular cartilage. HA breaks down during the process of ligament injury and contributes to the loss of articular cartilage as well as stiffness and pain. Local delivery of HA into the joint acts as a lubricant and may help increase the natural production of HA in the joint.
  • Platelet-rich plasma (PRP) injection – newer therapy where a blood sample is taken from the patient, spun in a centrifuge, growth factors are isolated and then they are injected back into the affected site to stimulate faster healing.

Surgery

  • Knee arthroscopy – minimally invasive surgical procedure to diagnose and repair an MCL injury; small incisions are made in the knee and a camera is inserted to visualize the injury and determine treatment.

Physiotherapy

Depending on the grade of injury, you can start to feel better within days to just a few weeks of the damage. Your physiotherapy treatment will aim to:

  • Reduce pain and inflammation.
  • Normalize joint range of motion.
  • Strengthen your knee: esp quadriceps (esp VMO) and hamstrings.
  • Strengthen your lower limb: calves, hip and pelvis muscles.
  • Improve patellofemoral (knee cap) alignment
  • Normalize your muscle lengths
  • Improve your proprioception, agility and balance
  • Improve your technique and function, e.g. walking, running, squatting, hopping and landing.
  • Guide return to sports activities and exercises
  • Minimize your chance of re-injury.

Exercises

A physical therapist will be able to advise on strengthening exercises to aid recovery after an MCL tear. Some possible exercises may include:

Exercise to restore range of motion and increase strength. These exercises typically include gentle stretches and strengthening exercises. People may also do upper body workouts and swim in order to keep up general conditioning. Some people may work with a physical therapist for guided treatment.

1. Hamstring curl

  • Stand up straight, engaging the stomach muscles.
  • Stand on one leg and slowly bend the opposite knee by bringing the heel up toward the buttocks.
  • Hold for 30 seconds before repeating on the other side of the body.
  • A person can hold on to a chair or table for support if needed.

2. Wall slide

  • Standing up straight, with both feet flat on the ground, place the back firmly against a wall.
  • Slowly slide down, keeping the back against the wall until reaching a squatting position.
  • Hold for 30 seconds.
  • Push up from the feet to stand up, keeping the back flat against the wall.
  • Repeat 10 to 15 times.

3. Chair squat

  • Standing on one leg, slowly squat toward sitting down onto a chair.
  • Return to a standing position, again standing on one leg.
  • Bend at the waist and keep the body in a straight line when standing.
  • A person may need to build up to sitting fully on the chair

Subsequent treatment

  • Begin active range-of-motion exercises in cold whirlpool at least twice daily.
  • Begin straight-leg raises and electrical muscle stimulation (if available).
  • Maintain general conditioning with upper body ergometer or swimming.

Goal one: Walking unassisted without a limp

  • Discard crutches.
  • Continue range of motion, isometric strengthening, and conditioning exercises.

Goal two: 90 degrees of knee flexion

  • Begin stair climber and bicycle ergometer with seat high; gradually lower seat.
  • Begin isotonic progressive restrictive exercise for quadriceps and hamstrings; supplement with isokinetic exercise if available.
  • Continue range of motion and conditioning exercises.

Goal Three: Full knee motion

  • Begin running and functional exercise program.
  • For example:
    • Jog 1 mile.

    • Five successive 100-yard sprints at half speed.

    • Five successive 100-yard sprints at three-quarters speed.

    • Five successive 100-yard sprints at full speed.

    • Five zigzag sprints at half speed.

    • Five zigzag sprints at full speed.

  • Other agility drills (e.g. Cariocas).
  • Continue conditioning.

Goal four: Complete entire running program in one session

  • May return to competition if the athlete has minimal pain, full range of motion, and 90 percent of normal strength.
  • Continue to use a brace for all sports participation for the remainder of the season.

Rehabilitation

The rehabilitation for a non-operative treatment can be split into four phases:

  • Phase one is from one to two weeks. Phase one consists of controlling the swelling of the knee by applying ice for 15 minutes every two hours (first two days). The rest of the week the frequency can be reduced to three times a day. Use ice as tolerated and as needed based on symptoms. In the begin, the patient needs to use crutches. Early weight bearing is encouraged because patients who increasing their weight-bearing, they can progressively reduce their dependence on crutches. Afterward, progress to one crutch and let the patient stop using the crutches only when normal gait is possible. Another aim of this phase is to try to maintain the ability to straighten and bend the knee from 0° to 90° knee flexion. For achieving the range of motion of the knee it is important to emphasize full extension and progress flexion as tolerated. Pain-free stretches for the hamstrings, quads, groin and calf muscles (in particular) are suggested. At last, there are therapeutic exercises. The patient may begin with static strengthening exercises (as soon as pain allows it). They consist for example of Quadricpes sets, straight leg raises, range-of-motion exercises, sitting hip flexion, side-lying hip abduction, standing hip extension, standing, and hamstring curls. As soon as patients can tolerate it, they are encouraged to ride a stationary bike to improve the range of motion of the knee. This would ensure accelerated healing. The amount of time and effort on the stationary bike is increased as tolerated. Obviously, every patient is different and these are not the standard exercises that have to be given to patients. There are no limits on upper extremity workouts that do not affect the injured knee[rx]. It’s important that the patient rests from all painful activities (use crutches if necessary), and that the MCL is well protected (by wearing a stabilized knee brace).
  • Starting at week three-phase two begins – The aims for the range of motion are the same as in phase one. Progress to 20 minutes of biking. Increase also the resistance as tolerated by the patient. Biking will ensure healing, rebuild strength, and maintain aerobic conditioning. The physiotherapist can give other exercises like Hamstring curls, leg presses (double-leg), and step-ups. As a precaution, the patient has the chance to be examined by a physician every three weeks to verify the healing of the ligament[rx].
  • Phase three starts from week five –  A major goal for this phase: full weight-bearing on the injured knee. Discontinue the use of a brace when ambulating with full weight-bearing is possible and there is no gait deviation. The range of motion has to be fully achieved and had to be symmetrical with the not injured knee. The therapeutic exercises are the same as in phase two. They may benefit progression. We continue with cold therapy and compression to eliminate swelling. In this phase, you can commence with balance and proprioceptive activities. To maintain aerobic fitness the patient can use the stepper or (if possible) may begin to swim. As a precaution, the patient has the chance to be examined by a physician every five to six weeks. When needed, you can be allowed to make stress radiography as a precaution.[rx]
  • Six weeks after injuring the knee, phase four can begin – Discontinue wearing the brace during the gait. Athletics can wear the brace for competition through the competitive season for at least three months. Cold therapy still needs to be applied. The aim of the therapeutic exercises is more focused on sport-specific or daily movements. The intensity of the strengthening exercises needs to be increased and instead of double leg exercises, we change to single-leg exercises. The patient may start running again at a comfortable pace (make sure the patient doesn’t make sudden changes of direction). As a precaution, it is best to return the competition once full motion and strength is returned and when the patient passes a sport functional test[rx].

How to do the exercises

Knee flexion with heel slide

Picture of how to do knee flexion with heel slide

slide 1 of 10, Knee flexion with heel slide,

  • Lie on your back with your knees bent.
  • Slide your heel back by bending your affected knee as far as you can. Then hook your other foot around your ankle to help pull your heel even farther back.
  • Hold for about 6 seconds, then rest for up to 10 seconds.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Heel slides on a wall

Pictures of how to do heel slides on a wall

slide 2 of 10, Heel slides on a wall,

  • Lie on the floor close enough to a wall so that you can place both legs up on the wall. Your hips should be as close to the wall as is comfortable for you.
  • Start with both feet resting on the wall. Slowly let the foot of your affected leg slide down the wall until you feel a stretch in your knee.
  • Hold for 15 to 30 seconds.
  • Then slowly slide your foot up to where you started.
  • Repeat 2 to 4 times.

Quad sets

Picture of how to do quadriceps exercise

slide 3 of 10, Quad sets,

  • Sit with your affected leg straight and supported on the floor or a firm bed. Place a small, rolled-up towel under your knee. Your other leg should be bent, with that foot flat on the floor.
  • Tighten the thigh muscles of your affected leg by pressing the back of your knee down into the towel.
  • Hold for about 6 seconds, then rest for up to 10 seconds.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Short-arc quad

Picture of how to do short-arc quad exercise

slide 4 of 10, Short-arc quad,

  • Lie on your back with your knees bent over a foam roll or a large rolled-up towel.
  • Lift the lower part of your affected leg and straighten your knee by tightening your thigh muscle. Keep the bottom of your knee on the foam roll or rolled-up towel.
  • Hold your knee straight for about 6 seconds, then slowly bend your knee and lower your leg back to the floor. Rest for up to 10 seconds between repetitions.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Straight-leg raises to the front

Picture of how to do straight-leg raise exercise

slide 5 of 10, Straight-leg raises to the front,

  • Lie on your back with your good knee bent so that your foot rests flat on the floor. Your affected leg should be straight. Make sure that your low back has a normal curve. You should be able to slip your hand in between the floor and the small of your back, with your palm touching the floor and your back touching the back of your hand.
  • Tighten the thigh muscles in your affected leg by pressing the back of your knee flat down to the floor. Hold your knee straight.
  • Keeping the thigh muscles tight and your leg straight, lift your affected leg up so that your heel is about 30 centimeters off the floor. Hold for about 6 seconds, then lower slowly.
  • Relax for up to 10 seconds between repetitions.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Hamstring set (heel dig)

Picture of how to do seated hamstring exercise

slide 6 of 10, Hamstring set (heel dig),

  • Sit with your affected leg bent. Your good leg should be straight and supported on the floor.
  • Tighten the muscles on the back of your bent leg (hamstring) by pressing your heel into the floor.
  • Hold for about 6 seconds, then rest for up to 10 seconds.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Hip adduction

Picture of how to do hip adduction exercise

slide 7 of 10, Hip adduction,

  • Sit on the floor with your knees bent.
  • Place a pillow between your knees.
  • Put your hands slightly behind your hips for support.
  • Squeeze the pillow by tightening the muscles on the inside of your thighs.
  • Hold for 6 seconds, then rest for up to 10 seconds.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Hip abduction

Picture of how to do hip abduction exercise

slide 8 of 10, Hip abduction,

  • Sit on the floor with your affected knee close to a wall.
  • Bend your affected knee but keep the other leg straight in front of you.
  • Place a pillow between the outside of your knee and the wall.
  • Put your hands slightly behind your hips for support.
  • Push the outside of your knee against the pillow and the wall.
  • Hold for 6 seconds, then rest for up to 10 seconds.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Lateral step-up

Picture of how to do lateral step-up exercise

slide 9 of 10, Lateral step-up,

  • Stand sideways on the bottom step of a staircase with your injured leg on the step and your other foot on the floor. Hold on to the banister or wall.
  • Use your injured leg to raise yourself up, bringing your other foot level with the stair step. Make sure to keep your hips level as you do this. And try to keep your knee moving in a straight line with your middle toe. Do not put the foot you are raising on the stair step.
  • Slowly lower your foot back down.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

Wall squats with ball

Picture of how to do wall squats with ball

slide 10 of 10, Wall squats with ball,

  • Stand with your back facing a wall. Place your feet about a shoulder-width apart.
  • Place the therapy ball between your back and the wall, and move your feet out in front of you so they are about 30 centimetres in front of your hips.
  • Keep your arms at your sides, or put your hands on your hips.
  • Slowly squat down as if you are going to sit in a chair, rolling your back over the ball as you squat. The ball should move with you but stay pressed into the wall.
  • Be sure that your knees do not go in front of your toes as you squat.
  • Hold for 6 seconds.
  • Slowly rise to your standing position.
  • Repeat 8 to 12 times.

How do I get ready for a knee ligament repair?

  • Your healthcare provider will explain the procedure to you and offer you the chance to ask any questions that you might have about the procedure.
  • You will be asked to sign a consent form that gives your permission to do the procedure. Read the form carefully and ask questions if something is not clear.
  • In addition to a complete medical history, your healthcare provider may perform a complete physical exam to ensure you are in good health before undergoing the procedure. You may undergo blood tests or other diagnostic tests.
  • Tell your healthcare provider if you are sensitive to or are allergic to any medicines, latex, tape, and anesthetic agents (local and general).
  • Tell your healthcare provider of all medicines (prescribed and over-the-counter) and herbal supplements that you are taking.
  • Tell your healthcare provider if you have a history of bleeding disorders or if you are taking any anticoagulant (blood-thinning) medicines, aspirin, or other medicines that affect blood clotting. It may be necessary for you to stop these medicines before the procedure.
  • If you are pregnant or suspect that you are pregnant, you should notify your healthcare provider.
  • You will be asked to fast for 8 hours before the procedure, generally after midnight.
  • You may receive a sedative prior to the procedure to help you relax. Because the sedative may make you drowsy, you will need to arrange for someone to drive you home.
  • You may meet with a physical therapist prior to your surgery to discuss rehabilitation.
  • Arrange for someone to help around the house for a week or two after you are discharged from the hospital.
  • Based on your health condition, your healthcare provider may request other specific preparations.

What happens during a knee ligament repair?

Knee ligament repair may be done on an outpatient basis or rarely as part of your stay in a hospital. Procedures may vary depending on your condition and your healthcare provider’s practices.

Knee ligament repair may be performed while you are asleep under general anesthesia, or while you are awake under spinal anesthesia. If spinal anesthesia is used, you will have no feeling from your waist down. Your healthcare provider will discuss this with you in advance.

Generally, knee ligament repair surgery follows this process:

  • You will be asked to remove clothing and will be given a gown to wear.
  • An intravenous (IV) line may be started in your arm or hand.
  • You will be positioned on the operating table.
  • The anesthesiologist will continuously monitor your heart rate, blood pressure, breathing, and blood oxygen level during the surgery.
  • The skin over the surgical site will be cleansed with an antiseptic solution.
  • The healthcare provider will make several small incisions in the knee area.
  • The healthcare provider will do the surgery using an arthroscope (a small tube-shaped instrument that is inserted into a joint). The healthcare provider may reattach the torn ligament or reconstruct the torn ligament by using a portion (graft) of the patellar tendon (that connects the kneecap to the tibia), the hamstring tendon (from the back of the thigh), or other autografts. The tendon graft may come from the person (autograft) or from an organ donor (allograft).
  • The healthcare provider will drill small holes in the tibia and femur where the torn ligament was attached.
  • The healthcare provider will thread the graft through the holes and attach it with surgical staples, screws, or other
    means. Bone eventually grows around the graft.
  • The incision will be closed with stitches or surgical staples.
  • A sterile bandage or dressing will be applied.

What happens after a knee ligament repair?

After the surgery, you will be taken to the recovery room for observation. Your recovery process will vary depending on the type of anesthesia that is given. Once your blood pressure, pulse, and breathing are stable and you are alert, you will be taken to your hospital room or discharged to your home. Knee ligament repair is usually done on an outpatient basis.

You may be given crutches and a knee immobilizer before you go home.

Once you are home, it is important to keep the surgical area clean and dry. Your healthcare provider will give you specific bathing instructions. The stitches or surgical staples will be removed during a follow-up office visit.

Take a pain reliever for soreness as recommended by your healthcare provider. Aspirin or certain other pain medicines may increase the chance of bleeding. Be sure to take only recommended medicines.

To help reduce swelling, you may be asked to elevate your leg and apply an ice bag to the knee several times per day for the first few days. Your healthcare provider will arrange for an exercise program to help you regain muscle strength, stability, and range of motion. Physical therapy is a key part of recovery.

Tell your healthcare provider if you have any of the following:

  • Fever or chills
  • Redness, swelling, bleeding, or another drainage from the incision site
  • Increased pain around the incision site
  • Numbness or tingling in the leg
  • Calf swelling or tenderness

You may resume your normal diet unless your healthcare provider advises you differently.

Because of the limited mobility, it may be hard for a few weeks to resume your normal daily activities. You may need someone at home to assist you. You should not drive until your healthcare provider tells you to. Other activity restrictions may apply. Full recovery from the surgery and rehab may take several months.

Your healthcare provider may give you additional or alternate instructions after the procedure, depending on your particular situation.

Next steps

Before you agree to the test or the procedure make sure you know:

  • The name of the test or procedure
  • The reason you are having the test or procedure
  • What results to expect and what they mean
  • The risks and benefits of the test or procedure
  • What the possible side effects or complications are
  • When and where you are to have the test or procedure
  • Who will do the test or procedure and what that person’s qualifications are
  • What would happen if you did not have the test or procedure
  • Any alternative tests or procedures to think about
  • When and how you will get the results
  • Who to call after the test or procedure if you have questions or problems
  • How much you will have to pay for the test or procedure

References

ByRx Harun

Medial Meniscus Injury – Causes, Symptoms, Treatment

Medial Meniscus Injury is a crescent-shaped, cartilaginous band found between the medial tibia and medial femur. The primary function is to decrease the amount of stress on the knee joint. The medial meniscus receives vascular supply via a capillary network formed by the medial, lateral and middle geniculate arteries and receives its innervation from the posterior tibial, obturator, and femoral nerves.

The medial meniscus is a fibrocartilage semicircular band that spans the knee joint medially, located between the medial condyle of the femur and the medial condyle of the tibia. It is also referred to as the internal semilunar fibrocartilage. The medial meniscus has more of a crescent shape while the lateral meniscus is more circular. The anterior aspects of both menisci are connected by the transverse ligament. It is a common site of injury, especially if the knee is twisted.

A tear to the meniscus (also known as a cartilage tear) is a common injury that can cause pain and problems with sports and daily activities. The meniscus is a vital component of the knee that acts like a cushion between the femur (thigh) and tibia (shin) bones, providing shock absorption and stability.

Anatomy and Physiology

The meniscus is a C-shaped cartilage that serves as a cushion between the proximal tibia and the distal femur, comprising the knee joint.  The average width is 10 mm to 12 mm, and the average thickness is 4 mm to 5 mm. The meniscus is made of fibroelastic cartilage. It is an interlacing network of collagen, glycoproteins, proteoglycan, and cellular elements, and is about 70% water. Three ligaments attach to the meniscus. The coronary ligaments connect the meniscus peripherally. The transverse (inter-meniscal) ligament is anterior and serves as a connection between the medial and lateral meniscus. The meniscofemoral ligament joins the meniscus to the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) and has two components: the Humphrey ligament anteriorly, and the ligament of Wrisberg posteriorly. The meniscofemoral ligament originates from the posterior horn of the lateral meniscus. The meniscus is supplied blood from the medial inferior genicular artery and the lateral inferior genicular artery. The meniscus is known to have a very poor blood supply, especially the central portion, which gets most of its nutrition via diffusion. The cartilage structure of the meniscus serves as a shock absorber and cushion or for the knee joint. There are several types of possible tears of the meniscus. These include flap tear, radial tear, horizontal cleavage, bucket handle tear, longitudinal tear, and degenerative tear.

Types of Medial Meniscus Injury

There are two categories of meniscal injuries – acute tears and degenerative tears.

  • An acute tear – usually occurs when the knee is bent and forcefully twisted, while the leg is in a weight bearing position. Statistics show that about 61 of 100,000 people experience an acute tear of the meniscus.
  • Degenerative tears – of the meniscus are more common in older people. Sixty percent of the population over the age of 65 probably has some sort of degenerative tear of the meniscus. As the meniscus ages, it weakens and becomes less elastic. Degenerative tears may result from minor events and there may or may not be any symptoms present.

A meniscal tear can be classified in various ways, such as by anatomic location or by proximity to blood supply. Various tear patterns and configurations have been described.[rx] These include

  • Radial tears
  • Flap or parrot-beak tears
  • Peripheral, longitudinal tears
  • Bucket-handle tears
  • Horizontal cleavage tears
  • Complex, degenerative tears

These tears can then be further classified by their proximity to the meniscus blood supply, namely whether they are located in the “red-red,” “red-white,” or “white-white” zones.

The functional importance of these classifications, however, is to ultimately determine whether a meniscus is repairable. The repairability of a meniscus depends on a number of factors. These include:

  • Age/strength
  • Activity level
  • Tear pattern
  • Chronicity of the tear
  • Associated injuries (anterior cruciate ligament injury)
  • Healing potential

or

There are different types of meniscal tears, describing the morphology of the injury. Identifying and accurately describing the type of meniscal tear can help the surgeon in patient education and planning of the surgical procedure. Meniscal tear types include

Basic tears

  • longitudinally oriented tears
      • horizontal tear (cleavage tear)
        • parallel to the tibial plateau involving one of the articular surfaces or free edge
        • divides the meniscus into superior and inferior parts
      • longitudinal tear (vertical tear)
        • perpendicular to the tibial plateau and parallel to the long axis of the meniscus
        • divides the meniscus into medial and lateral parts
        • Wrisberg rip – is a specific subtype
        • ramp lesion – is a specific subtype
  • radial tear – perpendicular to both the tibial plateau and the long axis of the meniscus
  • root tear – typically radial-type tear located at the meniscal root
  • complex tear – a combination of all or some of horizontal, longitudinal and radial-type tears
  • displaced tear – tear involving a component that is displaced, either still attached to the parent meniscus or detached:
    • flap tear: displaced horizontal or longitudinal tears
    • bucket-handle tear: displaced longitudinal tear
    • parrot beak tear: oblique radial tear

Medial Meniscus Injury

Causes of Medial Meniscus Injury

  • Inward (valgus) force – Usually, the medial collateral ligament, followed by the anterior cruciate ligament, then the medial meniscus (this mechanism is the most common and is usually accompanied by some external rotation and flexion, as when being tackled in football)
  • Outward (varus) force –  Often, the lateral collateral ligament, anterior cruciate ligament, or both (this mechanism is the 2nd most common)
  • Anterior or posterior forces and hyperextension –  Typically, the cruciate ligaments
  • Weight bearing and rotation at the time of injury – Usually, menisci
  • Motor vehicle accidents – A “dashboard injury” occurs when the driver’s or passenger’s bent knee slams against the dashboard, pushing in the shinbone just below the knee and causing the posterior meniscus tear.
  • Contact sports – Athletes in sports such as football and soccer can tear their posterior meniscus ligament when they fall on a bent knee with their foot pointed down. The shinbone hits the ground first and it moves backward. Being tackled when your knee is bent also can cause this injury.
  • The knee is hit directly – especially during sports like soccer, rugby, and football
  • A person lands on a bent knee – such as during a fall or misstep
  • Landing directly on the front of the shinbone – such as when a dancer comes down from a leap and falls
  • A person makes cutting or pivoting maneuvers – such as when an athlete plants a foot and shifts directions
  • A person lands on one leg – which can happen after a jump in basketball or volleyball
  • A direct blow to the bent knee in an automobile injury
  • A sports-related injury in which the knee bends
  • Pulling on the ligament in a twisting injury or hyperextension
  • A misstep on uneven terrain

Symptoms of Medial Meniscus Injury

If you’ve torn your meniscus, you might have the following signs and symptoms in your knee:

  • Localized pain near the area of the tear – In tears of the lateral meniscus, this discomfort will be present along the outside edge of the knee. Pain will manifest on the inside edge of the injured knee for tears of the medial meniscus.
  • Immediate pain after the injury – A torn meniscus will often be obvious from the moment that the injury occurs. In these instances, the tearing of the meniscus is typically accompanied by the feeling of a pop or snap within the leg during an overexerting twisting or stretching motion.
  • Slow onset of symptoms – Conversely, for some, the meniscus can tear without much of a sign or initial pain. This slow onset of symptoms is more common in older individuals and those with damaged knee cartilage from osteoarthritis.
  • Pain with movement – The pain will reflect the location of the tear but extend throughout the knee with movement. In the event that the knee has locked, bending it will cause searing pain to worsen.
  • Pain after resting – Pain will likely diminish somewhat with rest; however, it will return with movement in most cases. Movement may also exacerbate swelling.
  • Fluid accumulation within the knee joint – This accumulated fluid will cause the entire area to swell up and reduce mobility. This symptom, which may occur as a result of a number of knee injuries, is known as “water on the knee.”
  • Knee locking – If a piece of the meniscus breaks free of the disc structure due to a tear, it may lodge within the joint of the knee itself. This lodging can cause knee locking, in which a person loses the ability to fully straighten the leg when sitting or standing.
  • A popping sensation
  • Swelling or stiffness
  • Pain, especially when twisting or rotating your knee
  • Difficulty straightening your knee fully
  • Feeling as though your knee is locked in place when you try to move it
  • difficulty moving your knee or inability to move it in a full range of motion
  • the feeling of your knee locking or catching
  • the feeling that your knee is giving way or unable to support you
  • Feeling of your knee giving way
  • Pain in the knee
  • A popping sensation during the injury
  • Difficulty bending and straightening the leg
  • A tendency for your knee to get “stuck” or lock up

What are the signs?

You might feel a ‘pop’ if you tear your meniscus. Many people find they can still walk on their injured knee. However, it might become gradually stiffer and more swollen over the next day or so. Common symptoms include the following.

  • Pain in your knee, although this can vary. Some people only have mild pain, and for others, the pain may come and go.
  • Swelling, usually several hours after the injury.
  • Feeling as though your knee is catching or locking, usually when your knee is bent. You may notice it making clicking or popping sounds too.
  • Your knee feeling ‘loose’, as though it’s going to give way.
  • Being unable to bend and extend your knee fully.

Symptoms of severe meniscus tears

  • Popping, locking or catching
  • Inability to straighten the knee
  • Knee that gives way
  • Stiffness and swelling right after the incident

Diagnosis of Medial Meniscus Injury

Medical History

During your doctor’s appointment, he will ask you several questions about your knee pain. Examples of such questions include:

  • Where exactly is your knee pain located?
  • Did your knee swelling come on suddenly or did it gradually develop over days?
  • Are you experiencing any other symptoms besides pain and swelling, like your knee giving out or an inability to bend or extend your knee?
  • Have you experienced any trauma or injury to the knee?
  • Do you have a known history of knee osteoarthritis?

Physical examination

After noting symptoms, a physician can perform clinical tests to determine if the pain is caused by compression and impingement of a torn meniscus. The knee is examined for swelling. In meniscal tears, pressing on the joint line on the affected side typically produces tenderness.

  • Stress testing – Stress testing to evaluate ligament integrity helps distinguish partial from complete tears. However, if patients have significant pain and swelling or muscle spasm, testing is typically delayed until x-rays exclude fractures. Also, significant swelling and spasm may make joint stability difficult to evaluate. Such patients should be examined 2 to 3 days later (after swelling and spasm have subsided). A delayed physical examination of the knee is more sensitive than MRI of the knee (86% vs 76% [rx]) for diagnosis of meniscal and anterior cruciate ligament injuries.
  • Steinmann test – Steinman test is done to diagnose meniscal pathology at the knee joint.The test is divided into 2 parts i.e Steinman part 1 and Steinman part 2 or Steinman’s tenderness displacement test. This test is useful to distinguish meniscal pathology from injury to the ligament or osteophytes.
  • The McMurray test – involves pressing on the joint line while stressing the meniscus (using flexion–extension movements and varus or valgus stress). The test is often used to indicate cartilage injuries. With the patient laying on their back the therapist holds the knee with the upper hand and the heel with the lower hand. The therapist then applies a valgus (inward) stress to the knee whilst the other hand rotates the leg externally (outwards) and extends the knee. Pain and/or an audible click while performing this maneuver can indicate a torn medial meniscus.
  • Apley’s grind test – (a grinding maneuver while the person lies prone and the knee is bent 90°) and the Thessaly test (flexing the affected knee to 20 degrees, pivoting on the knee to see. Apley’s test is also used in cases of suspected meniscal tears. The patient is positioned on their front with the knee bent. The therapist grasps the heel and ankle and applies a compressive force through the lower leg. At the same time, they rotate the lower leg. Any reproduction of symptoms, pain or clicking is a positive response, suggesting a torn meniscus.
  • The Lachman test – is the most sensitive physical test for acute anterior cruciate ligament tears (rx). With the patient supine, the examiner supports the patient’s thigh and calf, and the patient’s knee is flexed 20°.The lower leg is moved anteriorly. Excessive passive anterior motion of the lower leg from the femur suggests a significant tear.

Imaging tests

  • Imaging tests may be ordered to confirm a tear of the meniscus. These include:

Knee X-ray

  • This test won’t show a meniscus tear. However, it can be helpful to determine if there are any other causes of your knee pain, like osteoarthritis.

MRI

  • An MRI uses a magnetic field to take multiple images of your knee. An MRI will be able to take pictures of cartilage and ligaments to determine if there’s a meniscus tear.
  • While MRIs can help your doctor make a diagnosis, they aren’t considered 100 percent reliable. According to a study from 2008 published in the Journal of Trauma Management & OutcomesTrusted Source, the MRI’s accuracy for diagnosing lateral meniscus tears is 77 percent.
  • Sometimes, meniscus tears may not show up on an MRI because they can closely resemble degenerative or age-related changes. Additionally, a doctor may make an incorrect diagnosis that a person has a torn meniscus. This is because some structures around the knee can closely resemble a meniscus tear.

Ultrasound

  • An ultrasound uses sound waves to take images inside the body. This will determine if you have any loose cartilage that may be getting caught in your knee.

Arthroscopy

  • If your doctor is unable to determine the cause of your knee pain from these techniques, they may suggest arthroscopy to study your knee. If you require surgery, your doctor will also most likely use an arthroscope.
  • With arthroscopy, a small incision or cut is made near the knee. The arthroscope is a thin and flexible fiber-optic device that can be inserted through the incision. It has a small light and camera. Surgical instruments can be moved through the arthroscope or through additional incisions in your knee.
  • After an arthroscopy, either for surgery or examination, people can often go home the same day.

Treatment of Medial Meniscus Injury

Non Surgical Injury

  • Protection  – the joint from further injury by taping/strapping the knee joint, or wearing a knee support which has additional support at the sides.
  • Rest – Avoid activities that aggravate your knee pain, especially any activity that causes you to twist, rotate or pivot your knee. If your pain is severe, using crutches can take pressure off your knee and promote healing.
  • Ice – Ice can reduce knee pain and swelling. Use a cold pack, a bag of frozen vegetables or a towel filled with ice cubes for about 15 minutes at a time, keeping your knee elevated. Do this every four to six hours the first day or two, and then as often as needed. Ice your knee to reduce pain and swelling. Do it for 15-20 minutes every 3-4 hours for 2-3 days or until the pain and swelling is gone.
  • Elevate your knee – with a pillow under your heel when you’re sitting or lying down.
  • A stabilized knee brace –  has flexible springs in the sides for additional support or for more severe injuries a hinged knee brace with solid metal supports linked by a hinge will help protect the joint from sideways or lateral movement. Compression will also help reduce swelling.
  • Rest the knee –  Limit activities to include walking if the knee painful. Use crutches to help relieve pain.
  • Compress your knee. Use an elastic bandage or a neoprene type sleeve on your knee to control swelling.
  • Use stretching and strengthening exercises to help reduce stress to your knee – Ask your doctor to recommend a physical therapist for guidance.
  • Avoid impact activities such as running and jumping 
  • Full weight bearing is not permitted for 1 – 6 weeks – after surgery, depending on the type of injury and repair. Crutches will be used initially following surgery. Many surgeons brace the knee and restrict motion for 6 weeks, to prevent excessive flexion and extension.
  • Range of motion exercises – begin anywhere from 0 – 6 weeks after surgery, depending on the type of repair.
  • Strengthening exercises – begin once full range of motion has returned.
  • Return to vigorous activities – such as sports, may begin 3 – 4 months after repair.

Physiotherapy

  • A professional therapist will undertake a thorough assessment and make an accurate diagnosis to confirm cartilage meniscus injury and they may undertake an MRI scan to determine the extent of the injury.
  • A physical therapist will focus on improving mobility, strength, flexibility, and balance, which can help speed up recovery time and improve performance once the injury has healed.
  • Walking (weight-bearing) is initiated as soon as possible.
  • Knee straightening (extension) and bending (flexion) are encouraged. Pool therapy is helpful.
  • Stationary cycling is initiated as soon as adequate motion is achieved.
  • Quadriceps strengthening exercises are started, such as standing squats with toe raises and leg press.
  • Hamstring exercise may be modified for 6 months.
  • Surgery is avoided in most cases unless other major ligaments are disrupted.

Medication

  • Take anti-inflammatory medications. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), like will help with pain and swelling. However, these drugs can have side effects, such as an increased risk of bleeding and ulcers. They should be only used occasionally, unless your doctor specifically says otherwise.
  • Antibiotic – Cefuroxime or Azithromycin, or  Flucloxacillin or any others cephalosporin/quinolone antibiotic must be used to prevent infection or clotted blood remove to prevent furthers swelling and edema.
  • NSAIDs – Prescription-strength drugs that reduce both pain and inflammation. Pain medicines and anti-inflammatory drugs help to relieve pain and stiffness, allowing for increased mobility and exercise. There are many common over-the-counter medicines called non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). They include and KetorolacAceclofenacNaproxen, Etoricoxib.
  • Corticosteroids – Also known as oral steroids, these medications reduce inflammation.
  • Muscle Relaxants –  These medications provide relief from associated muscle spasms.
  • Neuropathic Agents – Drugs(pregabalin & gabapentin) that address neuropathic—or nerve-related—pain. This includes burning, numbness, and tingling.
  • Opioids – Also known as narcotics, these medications are intense pain relievers that should only be used under a doctor’s careful supervision.
  • Topical Medications – These prescription-strength creams, gels, ointments, patches, and sprays help relieve pain and inflammation through the skin.
  • Calcium & vitamin D3 – to improve bone health and healing fracture. As a general rule, men and women age 50 and older should consume 1,200 milligrams of calcium a day, and 600 international units of vitamin D a day.
  • Antidepressants – A drug that blocks pain messages from your brain and boosts the effects of endorphins (your body’s natural painkillers).
  • Glucosamine & DiacereinChondroitin sulfate – can be used to tightening the loose tension, cartilage, ligament, and cartilage, ligament regenerates cartilage or inhabits the further degeneration of cartilage, ligament. They are structural components of articular cartilage, and the thought is that a supplement will aid in the health of articular cartilage.
  • Intra-articular corticosteroid injections – may be useful for symptomatic menicus injury especially where there is a considerable inflammatory component. The delivery of the corticosteroid directly into the knee may reduce local inflammation associated with meniscus injury and minimize the systemic effects of the steroid.
  • Intra-articular hyaluronic acid injections (HA) – injections are another injectable option for knee meniscus injury. HA is a glycosaminoglycan that is found throughout the human body and is an important component of synovial fluid and articular cartilage. HA breaks down during the process of meniscus injury and contributes to the loss of articular cartilage as well as stiffness and pain. Local delivery of HA into the joint acts as a lubricant and may help increase the natural production of HA in the joint.

Surgery

Grade 3 meniscus tears usually require surgery, which may include:

  • Arthroscopic repair — An arthroscope is inserted into the knee to see the tear. One or two other small incisions are made for inserting instruments. Many tears are repaired with dartlike devices that are inserted and placed across the tear to hold it together. The body usually absorbs these over time. Arthroscopic meniscus repairs typically takes about 40 minutes. Usually you will be able to leave the hospital the same day.
  • Arthroscopic partial meniscectomy – The goal of this surgery is to remove a small piece of the torn meniscus in order to get the knee functioning normally.
  • Arthroscopic total meniscectomy – Occasionally, a large tear of the outer meniscus can best be treated by arthroscopic total meniscectomy, a procedure in which the entire meniscus is removed.

Trephination/ Abrasion Technique

  • This procedure is used for stable tears located on the periphery near the meniscus and joint capsule junction, where there’s a good blood supply. Multiple holes or shavings are made in the torn part of the meniscus to promote bleeding, which enhances the healing process.

Partial Resection

  • This surgical procedure is used for tears located in the inner 2/3 of the meniscus where there is no blood supply. The goal is to stabilize the rim of the meniscus by removing as little of the inner meniscus as possible. Only the torn part of the meniscus is removed. If the meniscus remains mostly intact with only the inner portion removed, the patient usually does well and does not develop early arthritis.

Complete Resection

  • This procedure involves the complete removal of the damaged meniscus. This technique is only performed if absolutely necessary. Removal of the entire meniscus frequently leads to the development of arthritis.

Meniscal Repair

  • Repairs are performed on tears near the outer 1/3 of the meniscus where a good blood supply exists, or on large tears that would require a near-total resection. The torn portion of the meniscus is repaired by using either sutures or absorbable fixation devices. These devices include arrows, barbs, staples, or tacks that join the torn edges of the meniscus so they can heal.

Meniscal Replacement

  • Experimental attempts to replace damaged meniscus are seen as important recent advances in orthopaedic medicine. The new technology mentioned here has been performed at a few surgical centers across the country on a small number of patients

Collagen meniscus implant

  • This is a scaffold of collagen inserted into the patient’s knee. Over time, a new meniscus may grow within the joint. This procedure is currently in FDA trials in the United States and has just been approved as an accepted surgical procedure in Europe.

Meniscal transplant

  • This procedure involves transplanting a meniscus from a donor into the injured knee. Only a limited number of surgeons perform this procedure on a routine basis. The long-term outcomes are still being evaluated.

Meniscus transplants

Meniscus transplants are accomplished successfully regularly, although it is still somewhat of a rare procedure and many questions surrounding its use remain. Side effects of meniscectomy include:

  • The knee loses its ability to transmit and distribute load and absorb mechanical shock.
  • Persistent and significant swelling and stiffness in the knee.
  • The knee may be not be fully mobile; there may be the sensation of knee locking or buckling in the knee.
  • The full knee may be in full motion after tear of meniscus.
  • Increases progression of arthritis and time to knee replacement.

Post-Surgical Rehabilitation

Typical locations of arthroscopic surgery incisions in a knee joint following surgery for a tear in the meniscus

After a successful surgery for treating the destroyed part of the meniscus, patients must follow a rehabilitation program to have the best result. The rehabilitation following a meniscus surgery depends on whether the entire meniscus was removed or repaired.

If the destroyed part of the meniscus was removed, patients can usually start walking using a crutch a day or two after surgery. Although each case is different, patients return to their normal activities on average after a few weeks (2 or 3). Still, a completely normal walk will resume gradually, and it’s not unusual to take 2–3 months for the recovery to reach a level where a patient will walk totally smoothly. Many meniscectomy patients don’t ever feel a 100% functional recovery, but even years after the procedure they sometimes feel tugging or tension in a part of their knee. There is little medical follow-up after meniscectomy and official medical documentation tends to ignore the imperfections and side-effects of this procedure.

If the meniscus was repaired, the rehabilitation program that follows is a lot more intensive. After the surgery a hinged knee brace is sometimes placed on the patient. This brace allows controlled movement of the knee. The patient is encouraged to walk using crutches from the first day, and most of the times can put partial weight on the knee.

Phase I

There are three phases that follow meniscal surgery. Each phase consists of rehabilitation goals, exercises, and criteria to move on to the next phase. Phase I starts immediately following surgery to 4–6 weeks or until the patient is able meet progression criteria. The goals are to restore normal knee extension, reduce and eliminate swelling, regain leg control, and protect the knee (Fowler, PJ and D. Pompan, 1993). During the first 5 days following the surgery, a passive continuous motion machine is used to prevent a prolonged period of immobilization which leads to muscular atrophy and delays functional recovery.[rx] During the 4–6 weeks post-surgical, active and passive non-weight bearing motions which flex the knee up to 90° are recommended. For patients with meniscal transplantation, further knee flexion can damage the allograft because of the increased shear forces and stresses.

Phase II

This phase of the rehabilitation program is 6 to 14 weeks after the surgery. The goals for Phase II include being able to restore full ROM, normalized gait, and performing functional movements with control and no pain (Fowler, PJ and D. Pompan, 1993). Also, muscular strengthening and neuromuscular training are emphasized using progressive weight bearing and balance exercises. Exercises in this phase can increase knee flexion for more than 90°.[rx] Advised exercises include stationary bicycle, standing on foam surface with two and one leg, abdominal and back strengthening, and quadriceps strengthening. The proposed criteria include normal gait on all surfaces and single leg balance longer than 15 seconds (Ulrich G.S., and S Aroncyzk, 1993).

Balance exercises on a foam surface in phase 2. The patient tries to maintain balance first with both legs, then with only the affected leg.

Phase III

Patients begin exercises in phase III 14 to 22 weeks after surgery. Phase III’s goal and final criteria is to perform sport/work specific movements with no pain or swelling (Fowler, PJ and D. Pompan, 1993). Drills for maximal muscle control, strength, flexibility,[rx] movements specific to patient’s work/sport, low to high rate exercises, and abdominal and back strengthening exercises are all recommended exercises (Ulrich G.S., and S Aroncyzk, 1993). Exercises to increase cardiovascular fitness are also applied to fully prepare the patients to return to their desired activities.

Next steps

Tips to help you get the most from a visit to your healthcare provider:

  • Know the reason for your visit and what you want to happen.
  • Before your visit, write down questions you want answered.
  • Bring someone with you to help you ask questions and remember what your provider tells you.
  • At the visit, write down the name of a new diagnosis, and any new medicines, treatments, or tests. Also write down any new instructions your provider gives you.
  • Know why a new medicine or treatment is prescribed, and how it will help you. Also know what the side effects are.
  • Ask if your condition can be treated in other ways.
  • Know why a test or procedure is recommended and what the results could mean.
  • Know what to expect if you do not take the medicine or have the test or procedure.
  • If you have a follow-up appointment, write down the date, time, and purpose for that visit.
  • Know how you can contact your provider if you have questions.

Prevention

Although it’s hard to prevent accidental knee injuries, you may be able to reduce your risks by:

  • Warming up and stretching before participating in athletic activities
  • Exercising to strengthen the muscles around your knee
  • Avoiding sudden increases in the intensity of your training program
  • Wearing comfortable, supportive shoes that fit your feet and your sport
  • Wearing appropriate protective gear during activities, including athletic activities, in which knee injuries are common (especially if you’ve had knee injuries before).

References

ByRx Harun

ACL Torn – Causes, Symptoms, Diagnosis, Treatment

ACL Torn/Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury (ACL) is one of 2 cruciate ligaments which aids in stabilization of the knee joint. It is a strong band made of connective tissue and collagenous fibers that originate from the anteromedial aspect of the intercondylar region of the tibial plateau and extends posteromedially to attach to the lateral femoral condyle. The anteromedial bundle and posterolateral bundle form the 2 components of the ACL.   The ACL and the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) together form a cross (or an “x”) within the knee and prevents excessive forward or backward motion of the tibia in relation to the femur during flexion and extension.

Anterior cruciate ligament injury is when the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) is either stretched, partially torn, or completely torn. The most common injury is a complete tear. Symptoms include pain, a popping sound during injury, instability of the knee, and joint swelling. Swelling generally appears within a couple of hours.[rx] In approximately 50% of cases, other structures of the knee such as surrounding ligaments, cartilage, or meniscus are damaged.[rx]

Anterior Cruciate Ligament

Causes of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

  • A sudden stop, twist, pivot or change in direction at the knee joint  – These knee movements are a routine part of football, basketball, soccer, rugby, gymnastics and skiing. For this reason, athletes who participate in these sports have an especially high risk of ACL tears.
  • Extreme hyperextension of the knee – Sometimes, during athletic jumps and landings, the knee straightens out more than it should and extends beyond its normal range of motion, causing an ACL tear. This type of ACL injury often occurs because of a missed dismount in gymnastics or an awkward landing in basketball.
  • Direct contact – The ACL may be injured during contact sports, usually during direct impact to the outside of the knee or lower leg. Examples are a sideways football tackle, a misdirected soccer kick that strikes the knee or a sliding tackle in soccer.

ACL tear Causes may include

  • Changing direction rapidly (also known as “cutting”)
  • Landing from a jump awkwardly
  • Coming to a sudden stop when running
  • Direct contact or collision to the knee (e.g. during a football tackle or a motor vehicle collision)
  • landing awkwardly from a jump
  • twisting movements, particularly when your foot is on the ground
  • quickly changing direction when running or walking
  • slowing down or stopping suddenly when running

These movements cause the tibia to shift away from the femur rapidly, placing strain on the knee joint and potentially leading to the rupture of the ACL. About 80% of ACL injuries occur without direct trauma. Risk factors include female anatomy, specific sports, poor conditioning, fatigue, and playing on a turf field.[rx]

Female predominance

Female athletes are two to eight times more likely to strain their ACL in sports that involve cutting and jumping as compared to men who play the same particular sports.[rx] NCAA data has found relative rates of injury per 1000 athlete exposures as follows:

  • Men’s basketball 0.07, women’s basketball 0.23
  • Men’s lacrosse 0.12, women’s lacrosse 0.17
  • Men’s football 0.09, women’s football 0.28

The highest rate of ACL injury in women occurred in gymnastics, with a rate of injury per 1000 athlete exposures of 0.33. Of the four sports with the highest ACL injury rates, three were women’s – gymnastics, basketball, and soccer.[rx]

Differences between males and females identified as potential causes are the active muscular protection of the knee joint, differences in leg/pelvis alignment, and relative ligament laxity caused by differences in hormonal activity from estrogen and relaxin.[rx][rx] Birth control pills appear to decrease the risk.[rx]

Dominance theories

Femur with Q angle – the angle formed by a line drawn from the anterior superior iliac spine through the center of the patella and a line drawn from the center of the patella to the center of the tibial tubercle

Some studies have suggested that there are four neuromuscular imbalances that predispose women to a higher incidence of ACL injury. Female athletes are more likely to jump and land with their knees relatively straight and collapsing in towards each other, while most of their body weight falls on a single foot and their upper body tilts to one side.[rx] Several theories have been described to further explain these imbalances. These include ligament dominance, quadriceps dominance, leg dominance, and trunk dominance theories.

Symptoms of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

When an individual has an ACL injury, they are likely to hear a “pop” in their knee followed by pain and swelling. They may also experience instability in the knee once they resume walking and other activities, as the ligament can no longer stabilize the knee joint and keep the tibia from sliding forward.[rx].[rx]

  • Feeling a “pop” inside your knee when the ACL tears
  • Significant knee swelling and deformity within a few hours after injury
  • Severe knee pain that prevents you from continuing to participate in your sport (most common in partial tears of the ACL)
  • No knee pain, especially if the ACL has been completely torn and there is no tension across the injured ligament
  • A black and blue discoloration around the knee, due to bleeding from inside the knee joint
  • A feeling that your injured knee will buckle, “give out” or “give way” if you try to stand

Diagnosis of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Physical examination

Physical examination of the knee usually follows a relatively standard pattern.

  • The knee is examined for obvious swelling, bruising, and deformity.
  • Areas of tenderness and subtle evidence of knee joint fluid (effusion) are noted.
  • Most importantly, with knee injury ligamentous, stability is assessed. Since there are four ligaments at risk for injury, the examiner may try to test each to determine which one(s) is (are) potentially damaged. It is important to remember that a knee ligament injury might be an isolated structure damaged or there may be more than one ligament and other structures in the knee that are hurt.
  • In the acute situation, with a painful, swollen joint, the initial examination may be difficult because both the pain and the fluid limit the patient’s ability to cooperate and relax the leg. Spasm of the quadriceps and hamstring muscles often can make it difficult to assess ACL stability.
  • A variety of maneuvers can be used to test the stability and strength of the ACL. These include the Lachman test, the pivot-shift test, and the anterior drawer test. Guidelines from the American Academy of Pediatrics suggest the Lachman test is best for assessing ACL tears.
  • The Lachman test is performed as follows:
    • The damaged knee is flexed to 20-30 degrees.
    • The examiner grasps tibia and puts their thumb on the tibial tubercle (the bump of bone just below the knee where the patellar tendon attaches.
    • The examiners other hand grasps the thigh just above the knee.
    • The tibia is pulled forward and normally, there should be a firm stop if the ACL is intact. If the ligament is torn, the tibia will move forward and there will be no endpoint and it feels mushy.
  • The unaffected knee may be examined to be used as a comparison.

It may be difficult to examine some patients when muscle strength or spasm can hide an injured ACL because of the knee stabilization that they can provide.

Multiple maneuvers are employed to test the ACL and include the anterior drawer, the pivot shift, and the Lachman tests. These tests should be performed whenever there is suspicion for injury to the anterior cruciate ligament.

  • The anterior drawer test – is performed with the patient lying supine with their affected knee flexed to 90 degrees and the foot in a planted position (Sometimes it is easiest for the clinician to stabilize the patient’s foot by sitting on it). The clinician will grip the proximal tibia with both hands and pull with an anterior motion. If there is excessive anterior motion and instability, then the test is positive. It may also be useful to compare to the unaffected knee as patients may have increased laxity of the ACL that is not pathologic. This test has a sensitivity of 92% and specificity of 91% in chronic injuries, but not acute injuries.
  • The pivot shift test – is performed with the patient in the supine position. The clinician should hold the patient’s lower leg and begin with the knee in extension and flexion of the hip to 20 to 30 degrees. Next, the clinician will bring the tibia into the internal rotation with one hand and begin placing valgus stress on the knee using the other hand. While holding this position, the knee should now be flexed. This causes stress, instability, and ultimately subluxation of the ACL of the affected knee. With flexion of the knee, if the tibia subluxes posteriorly and one may feel a “clunk”; this would indicate a positive test. This test can be difficult to perform in patients who are guarding, and some may not allow the clinician to perform the test. This is a highly specific test (98%) when positive, but is insensitive (24%) due to the difficulty in evaluation secondary to patient pain and cooperation.
  • The Lachman test – is performed with the patient in the supine position with the knee flexed to about 30 degrees. The clinician should stabilize the distal femur with one hand and with the other hand pull the tibia toward themselves. If there is increased anterior translation, then this is a positive test. Again, comparing to the unaffected side may be helpful. This test has a sensitivity of 95% and specificity of 94% for ACL rupture.

Radiography

  • Tests – Your doctor may ask you to lie on your back and bend your hips and/or your knees at certain angles. He’ll then place his hands on different parts of your leg and gently shift you around. If any of your bones move in a way that isn’t normal, that could be a sign that your ACL is damaged.
  • X-ray – Soft tissues like the ACL don’t appear on X-rays, but your doctor may want to rule out broken bones.
  • MRI or ultrasound – These exams can show both soft tissue and bone. If you have a damaged ACL, it should appear on the images.
  • Arthroscopy – This literally means to “look within the joint.” During the exam, an orthopedic surgeon makes a small cut in your skin. He inserts a pencil-sized tool that contains a lighting system and lens (arthroscope) into the joint. The camera projects an image of the joint onto a TV screen. Your doctor can see what type of injury you have and repair or correct it, if needed.

Stage  of Anterior Cruciate Ligament

An ACL injury can further classify as a grade I, II, or III sprains.

  • Grade I – The ligamental fibers are stretched, with a tear that is less than one-third of the ligament. Mild tenderness and swelling are present. The knee joint feels stable with a knee laxity < 5 mm.
  • Grade II – A partial tear (between one-third to two-thirds of the ligamental fibers) is present. Mild tenderness and swelling with some loss of function are present. The joint may feel unstable with increased anterior translation (a knee laxity of 5 to 10 mm). The patient feels pain, and the pain may become exacerbated with Lachman’s and anterior drawer stress tests.
  • Grade III – The fibers have completely torn. Tenderness and limited pain (relative to the seriousness of the injury) are features. The degree of swelling may be variable. The knee feels unstable, with rotational instability (positive pivot shift test). A knee laxity is greater than 10  mm. Haemarthrosis (bleeding into the knee joints) is observable within 1 to 2 hours.

An acute ACL rupture commonly occurs among sports players, especially those aged 14 to 19 years. The incidence of ACL injury is higher among female athletes due to the following reasons:

  • Smaller ACL and narrower intercondylar notch – Females who are non-athletes and aged 41 to 65 are predisposed to ACL injuries if they have narrow intercondylar notches.
  • Wider pelvis and greater Q angle – A wider pelvis increases the angle of the femur toward the central patella. The greater the Q angle, the greater pressure is applied to the medial aspect of the knee, which can lead to an ACL tear.
  • Lax ligaments – Female ligaments with more elastic muscle fibers tend to be laxer than male ligaments. Excessive joint movements with increased flexibility may contribute to the higher incidence of ACL injury among females.
  • Greater quadriceps to hamstring strength ratio – Females tend to have poor hamstring strength compared to men. The imbalance of strength between the hamstring and quadriceps muscles may increase the risk of ACL injury.

Treatment of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Non-Surgical Treatment Options

  • Patient education
  • Activity modification
  • Physical therapy
  • Weight loss
  • Knee bracing
  • Acetaminophen
  • Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)
  • COX-2 inhibitors
  • Glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate
  • Corticosteroid injections
  • Hyaluronic acid (HA)

The American Academy Of Orthopedic Surgeons (AAOS) Recommends This Treatment.

  • Weight loss – is valuable in all stages of ACL injury. It is indicated in patients with symptomatic ACL injury with a body mass index greater than 25. The best recommendation to achieve weight loss is with diet control and low-impact aerobic exercise.
  • Knee bracing – in the setting of ACL injury includes unloader-type braces that shift the load away from the involved knee compartment. This may be useful in the setting where either the lateral or medial compartment of the knee is involved such as in a valgus or varus deformity.
  • Immobilization – Your doctor may recommend that you wear a brace for 3 to 4 weeks. This stabilizes the knee while it heals.
  • Weightbearing –  Because putting weight on the knee may cause pain and slow the healing process, your doctor may recommend using crutches for the first week or two after the injury.
  • Physical therapy – Once the knee has started to heal, your doctor will recommend physical therapy to help your child regain normal motion. Specific exercises will strengthen the thigh muscles holding the knee joint in place. Your commitment to the exercise program is important for a successful recovery. Typically return to activity 3 to 6 weeks after the injury.
  • Emergent closed reduction followed by vascular assessment/consult – If indications to considered an orthopedic emergency, vascular consult indicated if pulses are absent or diminished following reduction if arterial injury confirmed by arterial duplex ultrasound or CT angiography
  • Immobilization as definitive management – successful closed reduction without vascular compromise, most cases require some form of surgical stabilization following reduction, outcomes of worse outcomes are seen with nonoperative management/prolonged immobilization will lead to loss of ROM with persistent instability.
  • Rest Your Leg – Once you’re discharged from the hospital in a legislating, your top priority is to rest your and not further inflame the injury. Of course, the arm sling not only provides support, but it also restricts movement, which is why you should keep it on even during sleep. Avoiding the temptation to move your will help the bone mend quicker and the pain fades away sooner.
    • Depending on what you do for a living and if the injury is to your dominant side, you may need to take a couple of weeks off work to recuperate.
    • Healing takes between four to six weeks in younger people and up to 12 weeks in the elderly, but it depends on the severity of the radial head fractures.
    • Athletes in good health are typically able to resume their sporting activities within two months of breaking they’re ulnar styloid depending on the severity of the break and the specific sport.
    • Sleeping on your back (with the sling on) is necessary to keep the pressure off your shoulder and prevent stressing the hip injury.

Eat Nutritiously During Your Recovery

  • All bones and tissues in the body need certain nutrients in order to heal properly and in a timely manner. Eating a nutritious and balanced diet that includes lots of minerals and vitamins are proven to help heal ACL injury of all types. Therefore focus on eating lots of fresh produce (fruits and veggies), whole grains, lean meats, and fish to give your body the building blocks needed to properly repair your. In addition, drink plenty of purified water, milk, and other dairy-based beverages to augment what you eat.
  • ACL injury need ample minerals (calcium, phosphorus, magnesium, boron) and protein to become strong and healthy again.
  • Excellent sources of minerals/protein include dairy products, tofu, beans, broccoli, nuts and seeds, sardines, and salmon.
  • Important vitamins that are needed for bone healing include vitamin C (needed to make collagen), vitamin D (crucial for mineral absorption), and vitamin K (binds calcium to bones and triggers collagen formation).
  • Conversely, don’t consume food or drink that is known to impair bone/tissue healing, such as alcoholic beverages, sodas, most fast food items and foods made with lots of refined sugars and preservatives.

Medication

  • Antibiotic – Cefuroxime or Azithromycin, or  Flucloxacillin or any others cephalosporin/quinolone antibiotic must be used to prevent infection or clotted blood remove to prevent furthers swelling and edema.
  • NSAIDs – Prescription-strength drugs that reduce both pain and inflammation. Pain medicines and anti-inflammatory drugs help to relieve pain and stiffness, allowing for increased mobility and exercise. There are many common over-the-counter medicines called non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). They include and KetorolacAceclofenacNaproxen, Etoricoxib.
  • Corticosteroids – Also known as oral steroids, these medications reduce inflammation.
  • Muscle Relaxants –  These medications provide relief from associated muscle spasms.
  • Neuropathic Agents – Drugs(pregabalin & gabapentin) that address neuropathic—or nerve-related—pain. This includes burning, numbness, and tingling.
  • Opioids – Also known as narcotics, these medications are intense pain relievers that should only be used under a doctor’s careful supervision.
  • Topical Medications – These prescription-strength creams, gels, ointments, patches, and sprays help relieve pain and inflammation through the skin.
  • Calcium & vitamin D3 – to improve bone health and healing fracture. As a general rule, men and women age 50 and older should consume 1,200 milligrams of calcium a day, and 600 international units of vitamin D a day.
  • Antidepressants – A drug that blocks pain messages from your brain and boosts the effects of endorphins (your body’s natural painkillers).
  • Glucosamine & DiacereinChondroitin sulfate – can be used to tightening the loose tension, cartilage, ligament, and cartilage, ligament regenerates cartilage or inhabits the further degeneration of cartilage, ligament. They are structural components of articular cartilage, and the thought is that a supplement will aid in the health of articular cartilage.
  • Intra-articular corticosteroid injections – may be useful for symptomatic ACL injury especially where there is a considerable inflammatory component. The delivery of the corticosteroid directly into the knee may reduce local inflammation associated with osteoarthritis and minimize the systemic effects of the steroid.
  • Intra-articular hyaluronic acid injections (HA) – injections are another injectable option for knee ACL injury. HA is a glycosaminoglycan that is found throughout the human body and is an important component of synovial fluid and articular cartilage. HA breaks down during the process of  ACL injury and contributes to the loss of articular cartilage as well as stiffness and pain. Local delivery of HA into the joint acts as a lubricant and may help increase the natural production of HA in the joint.

Surgical Treatment

ACL tears are not usually repaired using suture to sew it back together, because repaired ACLs have generally been shown to fail over time. Therefore, the torn ACL is generally replaced by a substitute graft made of tendon.

  • Patellar tendon autograft (autograft comes from the patient)
  • Hamstring tendon autograft
  • Quadriceps tendon autograft
  • Allograft (taken from a cadaver) patellar tendon, Achilles tendon, semitendinosus, gracilis, or posterior tibialis tendon

Patient Considerations

Active adult patients involved in sports or jobs that require pivoting, turning or hard-cutting as well as heavy manual work are encouraged to consider surgical treatment. This includes older patients who have previously been excluded from consideration for ACL surgery. Activity, not age, should determine if surgical intervention should be considered.

In young children or adolescents with ACL tears, early ACL reconstruction creates a possible risk of growth plate injury, leading to bone growth problems. The surgeon can delay ACL surgery until the child is closer to skeletal maturity or the surgeon may modify the ACL surgery technique to decrease the risk of growth plate injury.

A patient with a torn ACL and significant functional instability has a high risk of developing secondary knee damage and should therefore consider ACL reconstruction.

It is common to see ACL injuries combined with damage to the menisci, articular cartilage, collateral ligaments, joint capsule, or a combination of the above. The “unhappy triad,” frequently seen in football players and skiers, consists of injuries to the ACL, the MCL, and the medial meniscus.

In cases of combined injuries, surgical treatment may be warranted and generally produces better outcomes. As many as half of meniscus tears may be repairable and may heal better if the repair is done in combination with the ACL reconstruction.

Surgical Choices

There are 4 types of grafts

  • Autografts – are taken from the patient’s own body and include portions of the extensor mechanism patellar tendon, iliotibial tract semitendinosus tendon, gracilis tendon and menisci.
  • Allografts – grafts taken from cadavers.
  • Xenografts – grafts taken from animals. Bovine xenografts in particular have been associated with high complication rates.
  • Synthetics – These can be further classified into 3 categories, biodegradable (carbon fibers), permanent prostheses (Gore-Tex and Dacron), and ligament augmentation devices.

Patellar tendon autograft –  The middle third of the patellar tendon of the patient, along with a bone plug from the shin and the kneecap is used in the patellar tendon autograft. Occasionally referred to by some surgeons as the “gold standard” for ACL reconstruction, it is often recommended for high-demand athletes and patients whose jobs do not require a significant amount of kneeling.

The pitfalls of the patellar tendon autograft are

  • Postoperative pain behind the kneecap
  • Pain with kneeling
  • Slightly increased risk of postoperative stiffness
  • Low risk of patella fracture

Hamstring tendon autograft – The semitendinosus hamstring tendon on the inner side of the knee is used in creating the hamstring tendon autograft for ACL reconstruction. Some surgeons use an additional tendon, the gracilis, which is attached below the knee in the same area. This creates a two- or four-strand tendon graft. Hamstring graft proponents claim there are fewer problems associated with harvesting of the graft compared to the patellar tendon autograft including:

  • Fewer problems with anterior knee pain or kneecap pain after surgery
  • Less postoperative stiffness problems
  • Smaller incision
  • Faster recovery

Hamstring tendon autograft prepared for ACL reconstruction

The graft function may be limited by the strength and type of fixation in the bone tunnels, as the graft does not have bone plugs. There have been conflicting results in research studies as to whether hamstring grafts are slightly more susceptible to graft elongation (stretching), which may lead to increased laxity during objective testing. Recently, some studies have demonstrated decreased hamstring strength in patients after surgery.

There are some indications that patients who have intrinsic ligamentous laxity and knee hyperextension of 10 degrees or more may have increased risk of postoperative hamstring graft laxity on clinical exam. Therefore, some clinicians recommend the use of patellar tendon autografts in these hypermobile patients.

Additionally, since the medial hamstrings often provide dynamic support against valgus stress and instability, some surgeons feel that chronic or residual medial collateral ligament laxity (grade 2 or more) at the time of ACL reconstruction may be a contraindication for use of the patient’s own semitendinosus and gracilis tendons as an ACL graft.

Quadriceps tendon autograft

The quadriceps tendon autograft is often used for patients who have already failed ACL reconstruction. The middle third of the patient’s quadriceps tendon and a bone plug from the upper end of the knee cap are used. This yields a larger graft for taller and heavier patients. Because there is a bone plug on one side only, the fixation is not as solid as for the patellar tendon graft. There is a high association with postoperative anterior knee pain and a low risk of patella fracture. Patients may find the incision is not cosmetically appealing.

Allografts

Allografts are grafts taken from cadavers and are becoming increasingly popular. These grafts are also used for patients who have failed ACL reconstruction before and in surgery to repair or reconstruct more than one knee ligament. The advantages of using allograft tissue include the elimination of pain caused by obtaining the graft from the patient, decreased surgery time and smaller incisions. The patellar tendon allograft allows for strong bony fixation in the tibial and femoral bone tunnels with screws.

However, allografts are associated with a risk of infection, including viral transmission (HIV and Hepatitis C), despite careful screening and processing. Several deaths linked to bacterial infection from allograft tissue (due to improper procurement and sterilization techniques) have led to improvements in allograft tissue testing and processing techniques. There have also been conflicting results in research studies as to whether allografts are slightly more susceptible to graft elongation (stretching), which may lead to increased laxity during testing.

Some published literature may point to a higher failure rate with the use of allografts for ACL reconstruction. Higher failure rates for allografts have been reported in young, active patients returning to high-demand sporting activities after ACL reconstruction, compared with autografts.

The reason for this higher failure rate is unclear. It could be due to graft material properties (sterilization processes used, graft donor age, storage of the graft). It could possibly be due to an ill-advised earlier return to sport by the athlete because of a faster perceived physiologic recovery, when the graft is not biologically ready to be loaded and stressed during sporting activities. Further research in this area is indicated and is ongoing.

Surgical Procedure

Before any surgical treatment, the patient is usually sent to physical therapy. Patients who have a stiff, swollen knee lacking full range of motion at the time of ACL surgery may have significant problems regaining motion after surgery. It usually takes three or more weeks from the time of injury to achieve full range of motion. It is also recommended that some ligament injuries be braced and allowed to heal prior to ACL surgery.

The patient, the surgeon, and the anesthesiologist select the anesthesia used for surgery. Patients may benefit from an anesthetic block of the nerves of the leg to decrease postoperative pain.

The surgery usually begins with an examination of the patient’s knee while the patient is relaxed due the effects of anesthesia. This final examination is used to verify that the ACL is torn and also to check for looseness of other knee ligaments that may need to be repaired during surgery or addressed postoperatively.

If the physical exam strongly suggests the ACL is torn, the selected tendon is harvested (for an autograft) or thawed (for an allograft) and the graft is prepared to the correct size for the patient.

After the graft has been prepared, the surgeon places an arthroscope into the joint. Small (one-centimeter) incisions called portals are made in the front of the knee to insert the arthroscope and instruments and the surgeon examines the condition of the knee. Meniscus and cartilage injuries are trimmed or repaired and the torn ACL stump is then removed.

Post-operative X-ray after ACL patellar tendon reconstruction (with picture of graft superimposed) shows graft position and bone plugs fixation with metal interference screws.

In the most common ACL reconstruction technique, bone tunnels are drilled into the tibia and the femur to place the ACL graft in almost the same position as the torn ACL. A long needle is then passed through the tunnel of the tibia, up through the femoral tunnel, and then out through the skin of the thigh. The sutures of the graft are placed through the eye of the needle and the graft is pulled into position up through the tibial tunnel and then up into the femoral tunnel. The graft is held under tension as it is fixed in place using interference screws, spiked washers, posts, or staples. The devices used to hold the graft in place are generally not removed.

Variations on this surgical technique include the “two-incision,” “over-the-top,” and “double-bundle” types of ACL reconstructions, which may be used because of the preference of the surgeon or special circumstances (revision ACL reconstruction, open growth plates).

Before the surgery is complete, the surgeon will probe the graft to make sure it has good tension, verify that the knee has full range of motion and perform tests such as the Lachman’s test to assess graft stability. The skin is closed and dressings (and perhaps a postoperative brace and cold therapy device, depending on surgeon preference) are applied. The patient will usually go home on the same day of the surgery.

Techniques for ACL reconstruction

Extra-articular reconstruction

Intra-articular reconstruction became the preferred choice but it does not fully restore knee kinematics by creating a static restraint and was usually accompanied by connecting the lateral femoral epicondyle to Gerdy’s tubercle with the collagenous restraint lying parallel to the intra-articular course of ACL. This also avoids the problem of lack of blood supply to the intra-articular reconstructions. Most of these procedures use the iliotibial band or tract connecting the lateral femoral epicondyle to the greedy tubercle, The optimal attachment point for the extra-articular reconstructions for anterolateral rotatory instability is found to be the Gerdy tubercle. This procedure is also used primarily in conjunction with an intra-articular reconstruction when severe anterior instability is due to injury or late stretching of the secondary stabilizing capsular structures or the lateral side of the knee.

Procedures

  • Macintosh method (iliotibial band tenodesis)
  • Macintosh, modified by Loseen method
  • Andrews method

Disadvantages

  • Diminish the anterolateral rotatory subluxation, but do not recreate the normal anatomy and function of the ACL.
  • When used alone has a high rate of failure.

Intra-articular Procedure

The advances made in the arthroscopy procedures have produced better results in ACL injury rehabilitation. This procedure may involve a small arthrotomy incision which preserves the vastus medialis oblique muscle to the patella. This procedure can be performed with both endoscopic technique or double incision arthroscopic technique.

Various tissues/grafts have been used to anatomically reconstruct the torn ACL which include portions of the extensor mechanism, patellar tendon, iliotibial tract, semitendinosus tendon, gracilis tendon, and menisci. These can all used in autografts i.e grafts taken from the person undergoing surgery. Other methods include the use of allografts and synthetic ligaments. This procedure has the following steps:

  • Graft selection – The graft to be used depends on the length of surgery. The most commonly used autograft is patellar bone graft and hamstring tendon graft (semitendinosus and gracilis).
  • Diagnostic arthroscopy – performed along with any necessary meniscal debridement or repair. Attention is given to partial-thickness tears, displaced bucket-handle tears, and the status of the articular surfaces, including the patellofemoral joint.
  • Graft Harvest – Mini incision extending from the distal pole of the patella to 2.5cm below the tibial tubercle is made to procure the graft. After retracting the other structures the graft to be taken is sharply outlined and a micro oscillating saw blade is used to harvest the graft/bone plug. A triangle bone plug profile is usually obtained.
  • Graft preparation – Graft is shaped into a 10mm tube shape for the femoral drill hole and an 11mm tube for the tibial tunnel.
  • Intercondylar notch preparation and notchplasty – Notchplasty is performed with 5.5mm burr from the anterior aspect of the intercondylar notch posteriorly and from distal to proximal and any residual tissue is also peeled off. The tissue is aggressively debrided with an arthroscopic shaver. If in the small intercondylar or notch area then further modifications are done.
  • Tibial tunnel placement – Tibial tunnel should be placed so that the graft is not impinged by the roof of the intercondylar notch and should reside within the middle third of the former ACL insertion site.
  • Femoral Tunnel placement – following a tibial tunnel placement, a femoral tunnel placement is completed so as to make a normal ACL like graft placement.
  • Graft placement – The graft after the tunnel placement is slid along with arthroscopic grasper through the tunnel. The graft may be rotated before tibial fixation.
  • Graft fixation – A Nitinol pin is then used to fix the graft with the bone and tunnel. The graft may be rotated before tibial fixation as an ACL has been shown to have external rotation within its fibers of approximately 90 degrees. The amount of graft tension created during fixation has a direct effect on ACL rehabilitation
  • Wound closure – Before closing, the graft harvest site is copiously injected with 0.25% Marcaine and it is also injected intra-articularly. The wound is closed with absorbable sutures with the knee in flexion. ACL reconstruction is one of the most common orthopedic surgeries, and commonly there is articular cartilage degeneration.
  • A total collateral ligament rupture and a full-thickness cartilage lesion would be seen on an MRI.
  • Patella tendon procedure: involves the central third of the ipsilateral patellar tendon. Fixation of the bone blocks within the tibia and femur.
  • Hamstring tendon procedure: four-layer, fold up of gracilis, and the semitendinosus tendons.

The surgery takes place at 10 weeks post-injury

Double-bundle reconstructionSemitendinosus is used with the autograft through 2 tunnels in both the tibia and femur. The autograft method is bone to bone with hamstrings/semitendinosus grafts. 3 tunnels may also be used, 2 tunnels through the tibia, and 1 tunnel through the femur.

The most common procedures for this reconstruction

  • The autologous bone to patella and tendon to bone graft
  • The autologous four-strand hamstrings graft

For the bone to patella and tendon to bone graft, a couple of bone blocks from the patella and the tibial tubercle are taken. This procedure causes more anterior knee pain than the semitendinosus graft. In the second procedure, the graft is obtained from the distal end of the semitendinosus and the gracilis tendon.

Other procedures are the LARS artificial ligament,(Ligament Advanced Reinforcement System) iliotibial tract allografts, cadaveric allografts, synthetic materials and grafts from living related donor people, but all materials have their drawbacks. There is the potential for cross infections, breakage, immunological responses, chronic effusions and recurrent instability

Single bundle vs Double bundle ACL reconstruction

A kinematics study showed that the standard single-bundle ACL reconstruction does not create the same kinematics as the intact ACL in normal activities. Only anteroposterior stability seems to be reconstructed. When the leg turns, there is an abnormal tibial rotation in the knee. Single-bundle ACL reconstruction does not recreate normal rotation in the knee.

On the contrary, anterior translation after double-bundle reconstruction was comparable with the intact ACL at 0° flexion, but the most stable position of the knee is at 15° and 75° flexion.

Watch this video to learn more about ACL Reconstruction using patellar tendon

Rehabilitation

Physical therapy is a crucial part of successful ACL surgery, with exercises beginning immediately after the surgery. Much of the success of ACL reconstructive surgery depends on the patient’s dedication to rigorous physical therapy. With new surgical techniques and stronger graft fixation, current physical therapy uses an accelerated course of rehabilitation.

Postoperative Course

  • In the first 10 to 14 days after surgery, the wound is kept clean and dry, and the early emphasis is placed on regaining the ability to fully straighten the knee and restore quadriceps control.
  • The knee is iced regularly to reduce swelling and pain. The surgeon may dictate the use of a postoperative brace and the use of a machine to move the knee through its range of motion. Weight-bearing status (use of crutches to keep some or all of the patient’s weight off of the surgical leg) is also determined by physician preference, as well as other injuries addressed at the time of surgery.

Rehabilitation

  • The goals for the rehabilitation of ACL reconstruction include reducing knee swelling, maintaining mobility of the kneecap to prevent anterior knee pain problems, regaining full range of motion of the knee, as well as strengthening the quadriceps and hamstring muscles.
  • The patient may return to sports when there is no longer pain or swelling, when full knee range of motion has been achieved, and when muscle strength, endurance, and functional use of the leg have been fully restored.
  • The patient’s sense of balance and control of the leg must also be restored through exercises designed to improve neuromuscular control. This usually takes 4 to 6 months. The use of a functional brace when returning to sports is ideally not needed after a successful ACL reconstruction, but some patients may feel a greater sense of security by wearing one.

Complications

  • Infection – The incidence of infection after arthroscopic ACL reconstruction is very low.  There have also been reported deaths linked to bacterial infection from allograft tissue due to improper procurement and sterilization techniques.
  • Viral transmission – Allografts specifically are associated with the risk of viral transmission, including HIV and Hepatitis C, despite careful screening and processing. The chance of obtaining a bone allograft from an HIV-infected donor is calculated to be less than 1 in a million.
  • Bleeding, numbness – Rare risks include bleeding from acute injury to the popliteal artery and weakness or paralysis of the leg or foot. It is not uncommon to have numbness of the outer part of the upper leg next to the incision, which may be temporary or permanent.
  • Blood clot – Although rare, blood clot in the veins of the calf or thigh is a potentially life-threatening complication. A blood clot may break off in the bloodstream and travel to the lungs, causing pulmonary embolism or to the brain, causing a stroke.
  • Instability – Recurrent instability due to rupture or stretching of the reconstructed ligament or poor surgical technique is possible.
  • Stiffness – Knee stiffness or loss of motion has been reported by some patients after surgery.
  • Extensor mechanism failure – Rupture of the patellar tendon (patellar tendon autograft) or patella fracture (patellar tendon or quadriceps tendon autografts) may occur due to weakening at the site of graft harvest.
  • Growth plate injury – In young children or adolescents with ACL tears, early ACL reconstruction creates a possible risk of growth plate injury, leading to bone growth problems. The ACL surgery can be delayed until the child is closer to reaching skeletal maturity. Alternatively, the surgeon may be able to modify the technique of ACL reconstruction to decrease the risk of growth plate injury.
  • Kneecap pain – Postoperative anterior knee pain is especially common after patellar tendon autograft ACL reconstruction. The incidence of pain behind the kneecap varies greatly in studies, whereas the incidence of kneeling pain is often higher after patellar tendon autograft ACL reconstruction.

Complications associated with non-surgical treatment are largely associated with NSAID use.

Common Adverse Effects of NSAID Use

  • Stomach pain and heartburn
  • Stomach ulcers
  • A tendency to bleed, especially while taking aspirin
  • Kidney problems

Common Adverse Effects of Intra-Articular Corticosteroid Injection

  • Pain and swelling (cortisone flare)
  • Skin discoloration at the site of injection
  • Elevated blood sugar
  • Infection
  • Allergic reaction

Common Adverse Effects of Intra-Articular HA Injection

  • Injection site pain
  • Muscle pain
  • Trouble walking
  • Fever
  • Chills
  • Headache

Complications Associated with HTO

  • Recurrence of deformity
  • Loss of posterior tibial slope
  • Patella baja
  • Compartment syndrome
  • Peroneal nerve palsy
  • Malunion or nonunion
  • Infection
  • Persistent pain
  • Blood clot

Complications Associated with UKA

  • Stress fracture of the tibia
  • Tibial component collapse
  • Infection
  • Osteolysis
  • Persistent pain
  • Neurovascular injury
  • Blood clot
  • Infection
  • Instability
  • Osteolysis
  • Neurovascular injury
  • Fracture
  • Extensor mechanism rupture
  • Patellar maltracking
  • Patellar clunk syndrome
  • Stiffness
  • Peroneal nerve palsy
  • Wound complications
  • Heterotopic ossification
  • Blood clot

Prevention

Given the importance of neuromuscular factors and the etiology of ACL injuries, numerous programs have aimed to improve neuromuscular control during standing, cutting, jumping, and landing. [rx] The components of neuromuscular training are:

  • Balance training: balance exercises
  • Jump training – plyometrics: landing with increased flexion at the knee and hip
  • Strengthening that emphasizes proximal hip control mediated through gluteus and proximal hamstring activation in a close kinetic chain
  • Stretching
  • Skill training: Controlling body motions, especially in deceleration and pivoting maneuvers
  • Movement education and some form of feedback to the athlete during the training of these activities
  • Agility training: agility exercises

Examples of more recent neuromuscular training programs include: Sportsmetrics and Prevent Injury and Enhance Performance program. Both programs have a positive influence on injury reduction and improve athletic performance tests. [rx] The PEP plan includes: Warm Up, stretching, strengthening, plyometrics, and agility exercises. [rx]

References

ByRx Harun

ACL Tear – Causes, Symptoms, Diagnosis, Treatment

ACL Tear/Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury (ACL) is one of 2 cruciate ligaments which aids in stabilization of the knee joint. It is a strong band made of connective tissue and collagenous fibers that originate from the anteromedial aspect of the intercondylar region of the tibial plateau and extends posteromedially to attach to the lateral femoral condyle. The anteromedial bundle and posterolateral bundle form the 2 components of the ACL.   The ACL and the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) together form a cross (or an “x”) within the knee and prevents excessive forward or backward motion of the tibia in relation to the femur during flexion and extension.

Anterior cruciate ligament injury is when the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) is either stretched, partially torn, or completely torn. The most common injury is a complete tear. Symptoms include pain, a popping sound during injury, instability of the knee, and joint swelling. Swelling generally appears within a couple of hours.[rx] In approximately 50% of cases, other structures of the knee such as surrounding ligaments, cartilage, or meniscus are damaged.[rx]

Anterior Cruciate Ligament

Causes of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

  • A sudden stop, twist, pivot or change in direction at the knee joint  – These knee movements are a routine part of football, basketball, soccer, rugby, gymnastics and skiing. For this reason, athletes who participate in these sports have an especially high risk of ACL tears.
  • Extreme hyperextension of the knee – Sometimes, during athletic jumps and landings, the knee straightens out more than it should and extends beyond its normal range of motion, causing an ACL tear. This type of ACL injury often occurs because of a missed dismount in gymnastics or an awkward landing in basketball.
  • Direct contact – The ACL may be injured during contact sports, usually during direct impact to the outside of the knee or lower leg. Examples are a sideways football tackle, a misdirected soccer kick that strikes the knee or a sliding tackle in soccer.

ACL tear Causes may include

  • Changing direction rapidly (also known as “cutting”)
  • Landing from a jump awkwardly
  • Coming to a sudden stop when running
  • Direct contact or collision to the knee (e.g. during a football tackle or a motor vehicle collision)
  • landing awkwardly from a jump
  • twisting movements, particularly when your foot is on the ground
  • quickly changing direction when running or walking
  • slowing down or stopping suddenly when running

These movements cause the tibia to shift away from the femur rapidly, placing strain on the knee joint and potentially leading to the rupture of the ACL. About 80% of ACL injuries occur without direct trauma. Risk factors include female anatomy, specific sports, poor conditioning, fatigue, and playing on a turf field.[rx]

Female predominance

Female athletes are two to eight times more likely to strain their ACL in sports that involve cutting and jumping as compared to men who play the same particular sports.[rx] NCAA data has found relative rates of injury per 1000 athlete exposures as follows:

  • Men’s basketball 0.07, women’s basketball 0.23
  • Men’s lacrosse 0.12, women’s lacrosse 0.17
  • Men’s football 0.09, women’s football 0.28

The highest rate of ACL injury in women occurred in gymnastics, with a rate of injury per 1000 athlete exposures of 0.33. Of the four sports with the highest ACL injury rates, three were women’s – gymnastics, basketball, and soccer.[rx]

Differences between males and females identified as potential causes are the active muscular protection of the knee joint, differences in leg/pelvis alignment, and relative ligament laxity caused by differences in hormonal activity from estrogen and relaxin.[rx][rx] Birth control pills appear to decrease the risk.[rx]

Dominance theories

Femur with Q angle – the angle formed by a line drawn from the anterior superior iliac spine through the center of the patella and a line drawn from the center of the patella to the center of the tibial tubercle

Some studies have suggested that there are four neuromuscular imbalances that predispose women to a higher incidence of ACL injury. Female athletes are more likely to jump and land with their knees relatively straight and collapsing in towards each other, while most of their body weight falls on a single foot and their upper body tilts to one side.[rx] Several theories have been described to further explain these imbalances. These include ligament dominance, quadriceps dominance, leg dominance, and trunk dominance theories.

Symptoms of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

When an individual has an ACL injury, they are likely to hear a “pop” in their knee followed by pain and swelling. They may also experience instability in the knee once they resume walking and other activities, as the ligament can no longer stabilize the knee joint and keep the tibia from sliding forward.[rx].[rx]

  • Feeling a “pop” inside your knee when the ACL tears
  • Significant knee swelling and deformity within a few hours after injury
  • Severe knee pain that prevents you from continuing to participate in your sport (most common in partial tears of the ACL)
  • No knee pain, especially if the ACL has been completely torn and there is no tension across the injured ligament
  • A black and blue discoloration around the knee, due to bleeding from inside the knee joint
  • A feeling that your injured knee will buckle, “give out” or “give way” if you try to stand

Diagnosis of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Physical examination

Physical examination of the knee usually follows a relatively standard pattern.

  • The knee is examined for obvious swelling, bruising, and deformity.
  • Areas of tenderness and subtle evidence of knee joint fluid (effusion) are noted.
  • Most importantly, with knee injury ligamentous, stability is assessed. Since there are four ligaments at risk for injury, the examiner may try to test each to determine which one(s) is (are) potentially damaged. It is important to remember that a knee ligament injury might be an isolated structure damaged or there may be more than one ligament and other structures in the knee that are hurt.
  • In the acute situation, with a painful, swollen joint, the initial examination may be difficult because both the pain and the fluid limit the patient’s ability to cooperate and relax the leg. Spasm of the quadriceps and hamstring muscles often can make it difficult to assess ACL stability.
  • A variety of maneuvers can be used to test the stability and strength of the ACL. These include the Lachman test, the pivot-shift test, and the anterior drawer test. Guidelines from the American Academy of Pediatrics suggest the Lachman test is best for assessing ACL tears.
  • The Lachman test is performed as follows:
    • The damaged knee is flexed to 20-30 degrees.
    • The examiner grasps tibia and puts their thumb on the tibial tubercle (the bump of bone just below the knee where the patellar tendon attaches.
    • The examiners other hand grasps the thigh just above the knee.
    • The tibia is pulled forward and normally, there should be a firm stop if the ACL is intact. If the ligament is torn, the tibia will move forward and there will be no endpoint and it feels mushy.
  • The unaffected knee may be examined to be used as a comparison.

It may be difficult to examine some patients when muscle strength or spasm can hide an injured ACL because of the knee stabilization that they can provide.

Multiple maneuvers are employed to test the ACL and include the anterior drawer, the pivot shift, and the Lachman tests. These tests should be performed whenever there is suspicion for injury to the anterior cruciate ligament.

  • The anterior drawer test – is performed with the patient lying supine with their affected knee flexed to 90 degrees and the foot in a planted position (Sometimes it is easiest for the clinician to stabilize the patient’s foot by sitting on it). The clinician will grip the proximal tibia with both hands and pull with an anterior motion. If there is excessive anterior motion and instability, then the test is positive. It may also be useful to compare to the unaffected knee as patients may have increased laxity of the ACL that is not pathologic. This test has a sensitivity of 92% and specificity of 91% in chronic injuries, but not acute injuries.
  • The pivot shift test – is performed with the patient in the supine position. The clinician should hold the patient’s lower leg and begin with the knee in extension and flexion of the hip to 20 to 30 degrees. Next, the clinician will bring the tibia into the internal rotation with one hand and begin placing valgus stress on the knee using the other hand. While holding this position, the knee should now be flexed. This causes stress, instability, and ultimately subluxation of the ACL of the affected knee. With flexion of the knee, if the tibia subluxes posteriorly and one may feel a “clunk”; this would indicate a positive test. This test can be difficult to perform in patients who are guarding, and some may not allow the clinician to perform the test. This is a highly specific test (98%) when positive, but is insensitive (24%) due to the difficulty in evaluation secondary to patient pain and cooperation.
  • The Lachman test – is performed with the patient in the supine position with the knee flexed to about 30 degrees. The clinician should stabilize the distal femur with one hand and with the other hand pull the tibia toward themselves. If there is increased anterior translation, then this is a positive test. Again, comparing to the unaffected side may be helpful. This test has a sensitivity of 95% and specificity of 94% for ACL rupture.

Radiography

  • Tests – Your doctor may ask you to lie on your back and bend your hips and/or your knees at certain angles. He’ll then place his hands on different parts of your leg and gently shift you around. If any of your bones move in a way that isn’t normal, that could be a sign that your ACL is damaged.
  • X-ray – Soft tissues like the ACL don’t appear on X-rays, but your doctor may want to rule out broken bones.
  • MRI or ultrasound – These exams can show both soft tissue and bone. If you have a damaged ACL, it should appear on the images.
  • Arthroscopy – This literally means to “look within the joint.” During the exam, an orthopedic surgeon makes a small cut in your skin. He inserts a pencil-sized tool that contains a lighting system and lens (arthroscope) into the joint. The camera projects an image of the joint onto a TV screen. Your doctor can see what type of injury you have and repair or correct it, if needed.

Stage  of Anterior Cruciate Ligament

An ACL injury can further classify as a grade I, II, or III sprains.

  • Grade I – The ligamental fibers are stretched, with a tear that is less than one-third of the ligament. Mild tenderness and swelling are present. The knee joint feels stable with a knee laxity < 5 mm.
  • Grade II – A partial tear (between one-third to two-thirds of the ligamental fibers) is present. Mild tenderness and swelling with some loss of function are present. The joint may feel unstable with increased anterior translation (a knee laxity of 5 to 10 mm). The patient feels pain, and the pain may become exacerbated with Lachman’s and anterior drawer stress tests.
  • Grade III – The fibers have completely torn. Tenderness and limited pain (relative to the seriousness of the injury) are features. The degree of swelling may be variable. The knee feels unstable, with rotational instability (positive pivot shift test). A knee laxity is greater than 10  mm. Haemarthrosis (bleeding into the knee joints) is observable within 1 to 2 hours.

An acute ACL rupture commonly occurs among sports players, especially those aged 14 to 19 years. The incidence of ACL injury is higher among female athletes due to the following reasons:

  • Smaller ACL and narrower intercondylar notch – Females who are non-athletes and aged 41 to 65 are predisposed to ACL injuries if they have narrow intercondylar notches.
  • Wider pelvis and greater Q angle – A wider pelvis increases the angle of the femur toward the central patella. The greater the Q angle, the greater pressure is applied to the medial aspect of the knee, which can lead to an ACL tear.
  • Lax ligaments – Female ligaments with more elastic muscle fibers tend to be laxer than male ligaments. Excessive joint movements with increased flexibility may contribute to the higher incidence of ACL injury among females.
  • Greater quadriceps to hamstring strength ratio – Females tend to have poor hamstring strength compared to men. The imbalance of strength between the hamstring and quadriceps muscles may increase the risk of ACL injury.

Treatment of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Non-Surgical Treatment Options

  • Patient education
  • Activity modification
  • Physical therapy
  • Weight loss
  • Knee bracing
  • Acetaminophen
  • Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)
  • COX-2 inhibitors
  • Glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate
  • Corticosteroid injections
  • Hyaluronic acid (HA)

The American Academy Of Orthopedic Surgeons (AAOS) Recommends This Treatment.

  • Weight loss – is valuable in all stages of ACL injury. It is indicated in patients with symptomatic ACL injury with a body mass index greater than 25. The best recommendation to achieve weight loss is with diet control and low-impact aerobic exercise.
  • Knee bracing – in the setting of ACL injury includes unloader-type braces that shift the load away from the involved knee compartment. This may be useful in the setting where either the lateral or medial compartment of the knee is involved such as in a valgus or varus deformity.
  • Immobilization – Your doctor may recommend that you wear a brace for 3 to 4 weeks. This stabilizes the knee while it heals.
  • Weightbearing –  Because putting weight on the knee may cause pain and slow the healing process, your doctor may recommend using crutches for the first week or two after the injury.
  • Physical therapy – Once the knee has started to heal, your doctor will recommend physical therapy to help your child regain normal motion. Specific exercises will strengthen the thigh muscles holding the knee joint in place. Your commitment to the exercise program is important for a successful recovery. Typically return to activity 3 to 6 weeks after the injury.
  • Emergent closed reduction followed by vascular assessment/consult – If indications to considered an orthopedic emergency, vascular consult indicated if pulses are absent or diminished following reduction if arterial injury confirmed by arterial duplex ultrasound or CT angiography
  • Immobilization as definitive management – successful closed reduction without vascular compromise, most cases require some form of surgical stabilization following reduction, outcomes of worse outcomes are seen with nonoperative management/prolonged immobilization will lead to loss of ROM with persistent instability.
  • Rest Your Leg – Once you’re discharged from the hospital in a legislating, your top priority is to rest your and not further inflame the injury. Of course, the arm sling not only provides support, but it also restricts movement, which is why you should keep it on even during sleep. Avoiding the temptation to move your will help the bone mend quicker and the pain fades away sooner.
    • Depending on what you do for a living and if the injury is to your dominant side, you may need to take a couple of weeks off work to recuperate.
    • Healing takes between four to six weeks in younger people and up to 12 weeks in the elderly, but it depends on the severity of the radial head fractures.
    • Athletes in good health are typically able to resume their sporting activities within two months of breaking they’re ulnar styloid depending on the severity of the break and the specific sport.
    • Sleeping on your back (with the sling on) is necessary to keep the pressure off your shoulder and prevent stressing the hip injury.

Eat Nutritiously During Your Recovery

  • All bones and tissues in the body need certain nutrients in order to heal properly and in a timely manner. Eating a nutritious and balanced diet that includes lots of minerals and vitamins are proven to help heal ACL injury of all types. Therefore focus on eating lots of fresh produce (fruits and veggies), whole grains, lean meats, and fish to give your body the building blocks needed to properly repair your. In addition, drink plenty of purified water, milk, and other dairy-based beverages to augment what you eat.
  • ACL injury need ample minerals (calcium, phosphorus, magnesium, boron) and protein to become strong and healthy again.
  • Excellent sources of minerals/protein include dairy products, tofu, beans, broccoli, nuts and seeds, sardines, and salmon.
  • Important vitamins that are needed for bone healing include vitamin C (needed to make collagen), vitamin D (crucial for mineral absorption), and vitamin K (binds calcium to bones and triggers collagen formation).
  • Conversely, don’t consume food or drink that is known to impair bone/tissue healing, such as alcoholic beverages, sodas, most fast food items and foods made with lots of refined sugars and preservatives.

Medication

  • Antibiotic – Cefuroxime or Azithromycin, or  Flucloxacillin or any others cephalosporin/quinolone antibiotic must be used to prevent infection or clotted blood remove to prevent furthers swelling and edema.
  • NSAIDs – Prescription-strength drugs that reduce both pain and inflammation. Pain medicines and anti-inflammatory drugs help to relieve pain and stiffness, allowing for increased mobility and exercise. There are many common over-the-counter medicines called non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). They include and KetorolacAceclofenacNaproxen, Etoricoxib.
  • Corticosteroids – Also known as oral steroids, these medications reduce inflammation.
  • Muscle Relaxants –  These medications provide relief from associated muscle spasms.
  • Neuropathic Agents – Drugs(pregabalin & gabapentin) that address neuropathic—or nerve-related—pain. This includes burning, numbness, and tingling.
  • Opioids – Also known as narcotics, these medications are intense pain relievers that should only be used under a doctor’s careful supervision.
  • Topical Medications – These prescription-strength creams, gels, ointments, patches, and sprays help relieve pain and inflammation through the skin.
  • Calcium & vitamin D3 – to improve bone health and healing fracture. As a general rule, men and women age 50 and older should consume 1,200 milligrams of calcium a day, and 600 international units of vitamin D a day.
  • Antidepressants – A drug that blocks pain messages from your brain and boosts the effects of endorphins (your body’s natural painkillers).
  • Glucosamine & DiacereinChondroitin sulfate – can be used to tightening the loose tension, cartilage, ligament, and cartilage, ligament regenerates cartilage or inhabits the further degeneration of cartilage, ligament. They are structural components of articular cartilage, and the thought is that a supplement will aid in the health of articular cartilage.
  • Intra-articular corticosteroid injections – may be useful for symptomatic ACL injury especially where there is a considerable inflammatory component. The delivery of the corticosteroid directly into the knee may reduce local inflammation associated with osteoarthritis and minimize the systemic effects of the steroid.
  • Intra-articular hyaluronic acid injections (HA) – injections are another injectable option for knee ACL injury. HA is a glycosaminoglycan that is found throughout the human body and is an important component of synovial fluid and articular cartilage. HA breaks down during the process of  ACL injury and contributes to the loss of articular cartilage as well as stiffness and pain. Local delivery of HA into the joint acts as a lubricant and may help increase the natural production of HA in the joint.

Surgical Treatment

ACL tears are not usually repaired using suture to sew it back together, because repaired ACLs have generally been shown to fail over time. Therefore, the torn ACL is generally replaced by a substitute graft made of tendon.

  • Patellar tendon autograft (autograft comes from the patient)
  • Hamstring tendon autograft
  • Quadriceps tendon autograft
  • Allograft (taken from a cadaver) patellar tendon, Achilles tendon, semitendinosus, gracilis, or posterior tibialis tendon

Patient Considerations

Active adult patients involved in sports or jobs that require pivoting, turning or hard-cutting as well as heavy manual work are encouraged to consider surgical treatment. This includes older patients who have previously been excluded from consideration for ACL surgery. Activity, not age, should determine if surgical intervention should be considered.

In young children or adolescents with ACL tears, early ACL reconstruction creates a possible risk of growth plate injury, leading to bone growth problems. The surgeon can delay ACL surgery until the child is closer to skeletal maturity or the surgeon may modify the ACL surgery technique to decrease the risk of growth plate injury.

A patient with a torn ACL and significant functional instability has a high risk of developing secondary knee damage and should therefore consider ACL reconstruction.

It is common to see ACL injuries combined with damage to the menisci, articular cartilage, collateral ligaments, joint capsule, or a combination of the above. The “unhappy triad,” frequently seen in football players and skiers, consists of injuries to the ACL, the MCL, and the medial meniscus.

In cases of combined injuries, surgical treatment may be warranted and generally produces better outcomes. As many as half of meniscus tears may be repairable and may heal better if the repair is done in combination with the ACL reconstruction.

Surgical Choices

There are 4 types of grafts

  • Autografts – are taken from the patient’s own body and include portions of the extensor mechanism patellar tendon, iliotibial tract semitendinosus tendon, gracilis tendon and menisci.
  • Allografts – grafts taken from cadavers.
  • Xenografts – grafts taken from animals. Bovine xenografts in particular have been associated with high complication rates.
  • Synthetics – These can be further classified into 3 categories, biodegradable (carbon fibers), permanent prostheses (Gore-Tex and Dacron), and ligament augmentation devices.

Patellar tendon autograft –  The middle third of the patellar tendon of the patient, along with a bone plug from the shin and the kneecap is used in the patellar tendon autograft. Occasionally referred to by some surgeons as the “gold standard” for ACL reconstruction, it is often recommended for high-demand athletes and patients whose jobs do not require a significant amount of kneeling.

The pitfalls of the patellar tendon autograft are

  • Postoperative pain behind the kneecap
  • Pain with kneeling
  • Slightly increased risk of postoperative stiffness
  • Low risk of patella fracture

Hamstring tendon autograft – The semitendinosus hamstring tendon on the inner side of the knee is used in creating the hamstring tendon autograft for ACL reconstruction. Some surgeons use an additional tendon, the gracilis, which is attached below the knee in the same area. This creates a two- or four-strand tendon graft. Hamstring graft proponents claim there are fewer problems associated with harvesting of the graft compared to the patellar tendon autograft including:

  • Fewer problems with anterior knee pain or kneecap pain after surgery
  • Less postoperative stiffness problems
  • Smaller incision
  • Faster recovery

Hamstring tendon autograft prepared for ACL reconstruction

The graft function may be limited by the strength and type of fixation in the bone tunnels, as the graft does not have bone plugs. There have been conflicting results in research studies as to whether hamstring grafts are slightly more susceptible to graft elongation (stretching), which may lead to increased laxity during objective testing. Recently, some studies have demonstrated decreased hamstring strength in patients after surgery.

There are some indications that patients who have intrinsic ligamentous laxity and knee hyperextension of 10 degrees or more may have increased risk of postoperative hamstring graft laxity on clinical exam. Therefore, some clinicians recommend the use of patellar tendon autografts in these hypermobile patients.

Additionally, since the medial hamstrings often provide dynamic support against valgus stress and instability, some surgeons feel that chronic or residual medial collateral ligament laxity (grade 2 or more) at the time of ACL reconstruction may be a contraindication for use of the patient’s own semitendinosus and gracilis tendons as an ACL graft.

Quadriceps tendon autograft

The quadriceps tendon autograft is often used for patients who have already failed ACL reconstruction. The middle third of the patient’s quadriceps tendon and a bone plug from the upper end of the knee cap are used. This yields a larger graft for taller and heavier patients. Because there is a bone plug on one side only, the fixation is not as solid as for the patellar tendon graft. There is a high association with postoperative anterior knee pain and a low risk of patella fracture. Patients may find the incision is not cosmetically appealing.

Allografts

Allografts are grafts taken from cadavers and are becoming increasingly popular. These grafts are also used for patients who have failed ACL reconstruction before and in surgery to repair or reconstruct more than one knee ligament. The advantages of using allograft tissue include the elimination of pain caused by obtaining the graft from the patient, decreased surgery time and smaller incisions. The patellar tendon allograft allows for strong bony fixation in the tibial and femoral bone tunnels with screws.

However, allografts are associated with a risk of infection, including viral transmission (HIV and Hepatitis C), despite careful screening and processing. Several deaths linked to bacterial infection from allograft tissue (due to improper procurement and sterilization techniques) have led to improvements in allograft tissue testing and processing techniques. There have also been conflicting results in research studies as to whether allografts are slightly more susceptible to graft elongation (stretching), which may lead to increased laxity during testing.

Some published literature may point to a higher failure rate with the use of allografts for ACL reconstruction. Higher failure rates for allografts have been reported in young, active patients returning to high-demand sporting activities after ACL reconstruction, compared with autografts.

The reason for this higher failure rate is unclear. It could be due to graft material properties (sterilization processes used, graft donor age, storage of the graft). It could possibly be due to an ill-advised earlier return to sport by the athlete because of a faster perceived physiologic recovery, when the graft is not biologically ready to be loaded and stressed during sporting activities. Further research in this area is indicated and is ongoing.

Surgical Procedure

Before any surgical treatment, the patient is usually sent to physical therapy. Patients who have a stiff, swollen knee lacking full range of motion at the time of ACL surgery may have significant problems regaining motion after surgery. It usually takes three or more weeks from the time of injury to achieve full range of motion. It is also recommended that some ligament injuries be braced and allowed to heal prior to ACL surgery.

The patient, the surgeon, and the anesthesiologist select the anesthesia used for surgery. Patients may benefit from an anesthetic block of the nerves of the leg to decrease postoperative pain.

The surgery usually begins with an examination of the patient’s knee while the patient is relaxed due the effects of anesthesia. This final examination is used to verify that the ACL is torn and also to check for looseness of other knee ligaments that may need to be repaired during surgery or addressed postoperatively.

If the physical exam strongly suggests the ACL is torn, the selected tendon is harvested (for an autograft) or thawed (for an allograft) and the graft is prepared to the correct size for the patient.

After the graft has been prepared, the surgeon places an arthroscope into the joint. Small (one-centimeter) incisions called portals are made in the front of the knee to insert the arthroscope and instruments and the surgeon examines the condition of the knee. Meniscus and cartilage injuries are trimmed or repaired and the torn ACL stump is then removed.

Post-operative X-ray after ACL patellar tendon reconstruction (with picture of graft superimposed) shows graft position and bone plugs fixation with metal interference screws.

In the most common ACL reconstruction technique, bone tunnels are drilled into the tibia and the femur to place the ACL graft in almost the same position as the torn ACL. A long needle is then passed through the tunnel of the tibia, up through the femoral tunnel, and then out through the skin of the thigh. The sutures of the graft are placed through the eye of the needle and the graft is pulled into position up through the tibial tunnel and then up into the femoral tunnel. The graft is held under tension as it is fixed in place using interference screws, spiked washers, posts, or staples. The devices used to hold the graft in place are generally not removed.

Variations on this surgical technique include the “two-incision,” “over-the-top,” and “double-bundle” types of ACL reconstructions, which may be used because of the preference of the surgeon or special circumstances (revision ACL reconstruction, open growth plates).

Before the surgery is complete, the surgeon will probe the graft to make sure it has good tension, verify that the knee has full range of motion and perform tests such as the Lachman’s test to assess graft stability. The skin is closed and dressings (and perhaps a postoperative brace and cold therapy device, depending on surgeon preference) are applied. The patient will usually go home on the same day of the surgery.

Techniques for ACL reconstruction

Extra-articular reconstruction

Intra-articular reconstruction became the preferred choice but it does not fully restore knee kinematics by creating a static restraint and was usually accompanied by connecting the lateral femoral epicondyle to Gerdy’s tubercle with the collagenous restraint lying parallel to the intra-articular course of ACL. This also avoids the problem of lack of blood supply to the intra-articular reconstructions. Most of these procedures use the iliotibial band or tract connecting the lateral femoral epicondyle to the greedy tubercle, The optimal attachment point for the extra-articular reconstructions for anterolateral rotatory instability is found to be the Gerdy tubercle. This procedure is also used primarily in conjunction with an intra-articular reconstruction when severe anterior instability is due to injury or late stretching of the secondary stabilizing capsular structures or the lateral side of the knee.

Procedures

  • Macintosh method (iliotibial band tenodesis)
  • Macintosh, modified by Loseen method
  • Andrews method

Disadvantages

  • Diminish the anterolateral rotatory subluxation, but do not recreate the normal anatomy and function of the ACL.
  • When used alone has a high rate of failure.

Intra-articular Procedure

The advances made in the arthroscopy procedures have produced better results in ACL injury rehabilitation. This procedure may involve a small arthrotomy incision which preserves the vastus medialis oblique muscle to the patella. This procedure can be performed with both endoscopic technique or double incision arthroscopic technique.

Various tissues/grafts have been used to anatomically reconstruct the torn ACL which include portions of the extensor mechanism, patellar tendon, iliotibial tract, semitendinosus tendon, gracilis tendon, and menisci. These can all used in autografts i.e grafts taken from the person undergoing surgery. Other methods include the use of allografts and synthetic ligaments. This procedure has the following steps:

  • Graft selection – The graft to be used depends on the length of surgery. The most commonly used autograft is patellar bone graft and hamstring tendon graft (semitendinosus and gracilis).
  • Diagnostic arthroscopy – performed along with any necessary meniscal debridement or repair. Attention is given to partial-thickness tears, displaced bucket-handle tears, and the status of the articular surfaces, including the patellofemoral joint.
  • Graft Harvest – Mini incision extending from the distal pole of the patella to 2.5cm below the tibial tubercle is made to procure the graft. After retracting the other structures the graft to be taken is sharply outlined and a micro oscillating saw blade is used to harvest the graft/bone plug. A triangle bone plug profile is usually obtained.
  • Graft preparation – Graft is shaped into a 10mm tube shape for the femoral drill hole and an 11mm tube for the tibial tunnel.
  • Intercondylar notch preparation and notchplasty – Notchplasty is performed with 5.5mm burr from the anterior aspect of the intercondylar notch posteriorly and from distal to proximal and any residual tissue is also peeled off. The tissue is aggressively debrided with an arthroscopic shaver. If in the small intercondylar or notch area then further modifications are done.
  • Tibial tunnel placement – Tibial tunnel should be placed so that the graft is not impinged by the roof of the intercondylar notch and should reside within the middle third of the former ACL insertion site.
  • Femoral Tunnel placement – following a tibial tunnel placement, a femoral tunnel placement is completed so as to make a normal ACL like graft placement.
  • Graft placement – The graft after the tunnel placement is slid along with arthroscopic grasper through the tunnel. The graft may be rotated before tibial fixation.
  • Graft fixation – A Nitinol pin is then used to fix the graft with the bone and tunnel. The graft may be rotated before tibial fixation as an ACL has been shown to have external rotation within its fibers of approximately 90 degrees. The amount of graft tension created during fixation has a direct effect on ACL rehabilitation
  • Wound closure – Before closing, the graft harvest site is copiously injected with 0.25% Marcaine and it is also injected intra-articularly. The wound is closed with absorbable sutures with the knee in flexion. ACL reconstruction is one of the most common orthopedic surgeries, and commonly there is articular cartilage degeneration.
  • A total collateral ligament rupture and a full-thickness cartilage lesion would be seen on an MRI.
  • Patella tendon procedure: involves the central third of the ipsilateral patellar tendon. Fixation of the bone blocks within the tibia and femur.
  • Hamstring tendon procedure: four-layer, fold up of gracilis, and the semitendinosus tendons.

The surgery takes place at 10 weeks post-injury

Double-bundle reconstructionSemitendinosus is used with the autograft through 2 tunnels in both the tibia and femur. The autograft method is bone to bone with hamstrings/semitendinosus grafts. 3 tunnels may also be used, 2 tunnels through the tibia, and 1 tunnel through the femur.

The most common procedures for this reconstruction

  • The autologous bone to patella and tendon to bone graft
  • The autologous four-strand hamstrings graft

For the bone to patella and tendon to bone graft, a couple of bone blocks from the patella and the tibial tubercle are taken. This procedure causes more anterior knee pain than the semitendinosus graft. In the second procedure, the graft is obtained from the distal end of the semitendinosus and the gracilis tendon.

Other procedures are the LARS artificial ligament,(Ligament Advanced Reinforcement System) iliotibial tract allografts, cadaveric allografts, synthetic materials and grafts from living related donor people, but all materials have their drawbacks. There is the potential for cross infections, breakage, immunological responses, chronic effusions and recurrent instability

Single bundle vs Double bundle ACL reconstruction

A kinematics study showed that the standard single-bundle ACL reconstruction does not create the same kinematics as the intact ACL in normal activities. Only anteroposterior stability seems to be reconstructed. When the leg turns, there is an abnormal tibial rotation in the knee. Single-bundle ACL reconstruction does not recreate normal rotation in the knee.

On the contrary, anterior translation after double-bundle reconstruction was comparable with the intact ACL at 0° flexion, but the most stable position of the knee is at 15° and 75° flexion.

Watch this video to learn more about ACL Reconstruction using patellar tendon

Rehabilitation

Physical therapy is a crucial part of successful ACL surgery, with exercises beginning immediately after the surgery. Much of the success of ACL reconstructive surgery depends on the patient’s dedication to rigorous physical therapy. With new surgical techniques and stronger graft fixation, current physical therapy uses an accelerated course of rehabilitation.

Postoperative Course

  • In the first 10 to 14 days after surgery, the wound is kept clean and dry, and the early emphasis is placed on regaining the ability to fully straighten the knee and restore quadriceps control.
  • The knee is iced regularly to reduce swelling and pain. The surgeon may dictate the use of a postoperative brace and the use of a machine to move the knee through its range of motion. Weight-bearing status (use of crutches to keep some or all of the patient’s weight off of the surgical leg) is also determined by physician preference, as well as other injuries addressed at the time of surgery.

Rehabilitation

  • The goals for the rehabilitation of ACL reconstruction include reducing knee swelling, maintaining mobility of the kneecap to prevent anterior knee pain problems, regaining full range of motion of the knee, as well as strengthening the quadriceps and hamstring muscles.
  • The patient may return to sports when there is no longer pain or swelling, when full knee range of motion has been achieved, and when muscle strength, endurance, and functional use of the leg have been fully restored.
  • The patient’s sense of balance and control of the leg must also be restored through exercises designed to improve neuromuscular control. This usually takes 4 to 6 months. The use of a functional brace when returning to sports is ideally not needed after a successful ACL reconstruction, but some patients may feel a greater sense of security by wearing one.

Complications

  • Infection – The incidence of infection after arthroscopic ACL reconstruction is very low.  There have also been reported deaths linked to bacterial infection from allograft tissue due to improper procurement and sterilization techniques.
  • Viral transmission – Allografts specifically are associated with the risk of viral transmission, including HIV and Hepatitis C, despite careful screening and processing. The chance of obtaining a bone allograft from an HIV-infected donor is calculated to be less than 1 in a million.
  • Bleeding, numbness – Rare risks include bleeding from acute injury to the popliteal artery and weakness or paralysis of the leg or foot. It is not uncommon to have numbness of the outer part of the upper leg next to the incision, which may be temporary or permanent.
  • Blood clot – Although rare, blood clot in the veins of the calf or thigh is a potentially life-threatening complication. A blood clot may break off in the bloodstream and travel to the lungs, causing pulmonary embolism or to the brain, causing a stroke.
  • Instability – Recurrent instability due to rupture or stretching of the reconstructed ligament or poor surgical technique is possible.
  • Stiffness – Knee stiffness or loss of motion has been reported by some patients after surgery.
  • Extensor mechanism failure – Rupture of the patellar tendon (patellar tendon autograft) or patella fracture (patellar tendon or quadriceps tendon autografts) may occur due to weakening at the site of graft harvest.
  • Growth plate injury – In young children or adolescents with ACL tears, early ACL reconstruction creates a possible risk of growth plate injury, leading to bone growth problems. The ACL surgery can be delayed until the child is closer to reaching skeletal maturity. Alternatively, the surgeon may be able to modify the technique of ACL reconstruction to decrease the risk of growth plate injury.
  • Kneecap pain – Postoperative anterior knee pain is especially common after patellar tendon autograft ACL reconstruction. The incidence of pain behind the kneecap varies greatly in studies, whereas the incidence of kneeling pain is often higher after patellar tendon autograft ACL reconstruction.

Complications associated with non-surgical treatment are largely associated with NSAID use.

Common Adverse Effects of NSAID Use

  • Stomach pain and heartburn
  • Stomach ulcers
  • A tendency to bleed, especially while taking aspirin
  • Kidney problems

Common Adverse Effects of Intra-Articular Corticosteroid Injection

  • Pain and swelling (cortisone flare)
  • Skin discoloration at the site of injection
  • Elevated blood sugar
  • Infection
  • Allergic reaction

Common Adverse Effects of Intra-Articular HA Injection

  • Injection site pain
  • Muscle pain
  • Trouble walking
  • Fever
  • Chills
  • Headache

Complications Associated with HTO

  • Recurrence of deformity
  • Loss of posterior tibial slope
  • Patella baja
  • Compartment syndrome
  • Peroneal nerve palsy
  • Malunion or nonunion
  • Infection
  • Persistent pain
  • Blood clot

Complications Associated with UKA

  • Stress fracture of the tibia
  • Tibial component collapse
  • Infection
  • Osteolysis
  • Persistent pain
  • Neurovascular injury
  • Blood clot
  • Infection
  • Instability
  • Osteolysis
  • Neurovascular injury
  • Fracture
  • Extensor mechanism rupture
  • Patellar maltracking
  • Patellar clunk syndrome
  • Stiffness
  • Peroneal nerve palsy
  • Wound complications
  • Heterotopic ossification
  • Blood clot

Prevention

Given the importance of neuromuscular factors and the etiology of ACL injuries, numerous programs have aimed to improve neuromuscular control during standing, cutting, jumping, and landing. [rx] The components of neuromuscular training are:

  • Balance training: balance exercises
  • Jump training – plyometrics: landing with increased flexion at the knee and hip
  • Strengthening that emphasizes proximal hip control mediated through gluteus and proximal hamstring activation in a close kinetic chain
  • Stretching
  • Skill training: Controlling body motions, especially in deceleration and pivoting maneuvers
  • Movement education and some form of feedback to the athlete during the training of these activities
  • Agility training: agility exercises

Examples of more recent neuromuscular training programs include: Sportsmetrics and Prevent Injury and Enhance Performance program. Both programs have a positive influence on injury reduction and improve athletic performance tests. [rx] The PEP plan includes: Warm Up, stretching, strengthening, plyometrics, and agility exercises. [rx]

References

ByRx Harun

ACL Injury – Causes, Symptoms, Diagnosis, Treatment

ACL Injury/Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury (ACL) is one of 2 cruciate ligaments which aids in stabilization of the knee joint. It is a strong band made of connective tissue and collagenous fibers that originate from the anteromedial aspect of the intercondylar region of the tibial plateau and extends posteromedially to attach to the lateral femoral condyle. The anteromedial bundle and posterolateral bundle form the 2 components of the ACL.   The ACL and the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) together form a cross (or an “x”) within the knee and prevents excessive forward or backward motion of the tibia in relation to the femur during flexion and extension.

Anterior cruciate ligament injury is when the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) is either stretched, partially torn, or completely torn. The most common injury is a complete tear. Symptoms include pain, a popping sound during injury, instability of the knee, and joint swelling. Swelling generally appears within a couple of hours.[rx] In approximately 50% of cases, other structures of the knee such as surrounding ligaments, cartilage, or meniscus are damaged.[rx]

Anterior Cruciate Ligament

Causes of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

  • A sudden stop, twist, pivot or change in direction at the knee joint  – These knee movements are a routine part of football, basketball, soccer, rugby, gymnastics and skiing. For this reason, athletes who participate in these sports have an especially high risk of ACL tears.
  • Extreme hyperextension of the knee – Sometimes, during athletic jumps and landings, the knee straightens out more than it should and extends beyond its normal range of motion, causing an ACL tear. This type of ACL injury often occurs because of a missed dismount in gymnastics or an awkward landing in basketball.
  • Direct contact – The ACL may be injured during contact sports, usually during direct impact to the outside of the knee or lower leg. Examples are a sideways football tackle, a misdirected soccer kick that strikes the knee or a sliding tackle in soccer.

ACL tear Causes may include

  • Changing direction rapidly (also known as “cutting”)
  • Landing from a jump awkwardly
  • Coming to a sudden stop when running
  • Direct contact or collision to the knee (e.g. during a football tackle or a motor vehicle collision)
  • landing awkwardly from a jump
  • twisting movements, particularly when your foot is on the ground
  • quickly changing direction when running or walking
  • slowing down or stopping suddenly when running

These movements cause the tibia to shift away from the femur rapidly, placing strain on the knee joint and potentially leading to the rupture of the ACL. About 80% of ACL injuries occur without direct trauma. Risk factors include female anatomy, specific sports, poor conditioning, fatigue, and playing on a turf field.[rx]

Female predominance

Female athletes are two to eight times more likely to strain their ACL in sports that involve cutting and jumping as compared to men who play the same particular sports.[rx] NCAA data has found relative rates of injury per 1000 athlete exposures as follows:

  • Men’s basketball 0.07, women’s basketball 0.23
  • Men’s lacrosse 0.12, women’s lacrosse 0.17
  • Men’s football 0.09, women’s football 0.28

The highest rate of ACL injury in women occurred in gymnastics, with a rate of injury per 1000 athlete exposures of 0.33. Of the four sports with the highest ACL injury rates, three were women’s – gymnastics, basketball, and soccer.[rx]

Differences between males and females identified as potential causes are the active muscular protection of the knee joint, differences in leg/pelvis alignment, and relative ligament laxity caused by differences in hormonal activity from estrogen and relaxin.[rx][rx] Birth control pills appear to decrease the risk.[rx]

Dominance theories

Femur with Q angle – the angle formed by a line drawn from the anterior superior iliac spine through the center of the patella and a line drawn from the center of the patella to the center of the tibial tubercle

Some studies have suggested that there are four neuromuscular imbalances that predispose women to a higher incidence of ACL injury. Female athletes are more likely to jump and land with their knees relatively straight and collapsing in towards each other, while most of their body weight falls on a single foot and their upper body tilts to one side.[rx] Several theories have been described to further explain these imbalances. These include ligament dominance, quadriceps dominance, leg dominance, and trunk dominance theories.

Symptoms of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

When an individual has an ACL injury, they are likely to hear a “pop” in their knee followed by pain and swelling. They may also experience instability in the knee once they resume walking and other activities, as the ligament can no longer stabilize the knee joint and keep the tibia from sliding forward.[rx].[rx]

  • Feeling a “pop” inside your knee when the ACL tears
  • Significant knee swelling and deformity within a few hours after injury
  • Severe knee pain that prevents you from continuing to participate in your sport (most common in partial tears of the ACL)
  • No knee pain, especially if the ACL has been completely torn and there is no tension across the injured ligament
  • A black and blue discoloration around the knee, due to bleeding from inside the knee joint
  • A feeling that your injured knee will buckle, “give out” or “give way” if you try to stand

Diagnosis of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Physical examination

Physical examination of the knee usually follows a relatively standard pattern.

  • The knee is examined for obvious swelling, bruising, and deformity.
  • Areas of tenderness and subtle evidence of knee joint fluid (effusion) are noted.
  • Most importantly, with knee injury ligamentous, stability is assessed. Since there are four ligaments at risk for injury, the examiner may try to test each to determine which one(s) is (are) potentially damaged. It is important to remember that a knee ligament injury might be an isolated structure damaged or there may be more than one ligament and other structures in the knee that are hurt.
  • In the acute situation, with a painful, swollen joint, the initial examination may be difficult because both the pain and the fluid limit the patient’s ability to cooperate and relax the leg. Spasm of the quadriceps and hamstring muscles often can make it difficult to assess ACL stability.
  • A variety of maneuvers can be used to test the stability and strength of the ACL. These include the Lachman test, the pivot-shift test, and the anterior drawer test. Guidelines from the American Academy of Pediatrics suggest the Lachman test is best for assessing ACL tears.
  • The Lachman test is performed as follows:
    • The damaged knee is flexed to 20-30 degrees.
    • The examiner grasps tibia and puts their thumb on the tibial tubercle (the bump of bone just below the knee where the patellar tendon attaches.
    • The examiners other hand grasps the thigh just above the knee.
    • The tibia is pulled forward and normally, there should be a firm stop if the ACL is intact. If the ligament is torn, the tibia will move forward and there will be no endpoint and it feels mushy.
  • The unaffected knee may be examined to be used as a comparison.

It may be difficult to examine some patients when muscle strength or spasm can hide an injured ACL because of the knee stabilization that they can provide.

Multiple maneuvers are employed to test the ACL and include the anterior drawer, the pivot shift, and the Lachman tests. These tests should be performed whenever there is suspicion for injury to the anterior cruciate ligament.

  • The anterior drawer test – is performed with the patient lying supine with their affected knee flexed to 90 degrees and the foot in a planted position (Sometimes it is easiest for the clinician to stabilize the patient’s foot by sitting on it). The clinician will grip the proximal tibia with both hands and pull with an anterior motion. If there is excessive anterior motion and instability, then the test is positive. It may also be useful to compare to the unaffected knee as patients may have increased laxity of the ACL that is not pathologic. This test has a sensitivity of 92% and specificity of 91% in chronic injuries, but not acute injuries.
  • The pivot shift test – is performed with the patient in the supine position. The clinician should hold the patient’s lower leg and begin with the knee in extension and flexion of the hip to 20 to 30 degrees. Next, the clinician will bring the tibia into the internal rotation with one hand and begin placing valgus stress on the knee using the other hand. While holding this position, the knee should now be flexed. This causes stress, instability, and ultimately subluxation of the ACL of the affected knee. With flexion of the knee, if the tibia subluxes posteriorly and one may feel a “clunk”; this would indicate a positive test. This test can be difficult to perform in patients who are guarding, and some may not allow the clinician to perform the test. This is a highly specific test (98%) when positive, but is insensitive (24%) due to the difficulty in evaluation secondary to patient pain and cooperation.
  • The Lachman test – is performed with the patient in the supine position with the knee flexed to about 30 degrees. The clinician should stabilize the distal femur with one hand and with the other hand pull the tibia toward themselves. If there is increased anterior translation, then this is a positive test. Again, comparing to the unaffected side may be helpful. This test has a sensitivity of 95% and specificity of 94% for ACL rupture.

Radiography

  • Tests – Your doctor may ask you to lie on your back and bend your hips and/or your knees at certain angles. He’ll then place his hands on different parts of your leg and gently shift you around. If any of your bones move in a way that isn’t normal, that could be a sign that your ACL is damaged.
  • X-ray – Soft tissues like the ACL don’t appear on X-rays, but your doctor may want to rule out broken bones.
  • MRI or ultrasound – These exams can show both soft tissue and bone. If you have a damaged ACL, it should appear on the images.
  • Arthroscopy – This literally means to “look within the joint.” During the exam, an orthopedic surgeon makes a small cut in your skin. He inserts a pencil-sized tool that contains a lighting system and lens (arthroscope) into the joint. The camera projects an image of the joint onto a TV screen. Your doctor can see what type of injury you have and repair or correct it, if needed.

Stage  of Anterior Cruciate Ligament

An ACL injury can further classify as a grade I, II, or III sprains.

  • Grade I – The ligamental fibers are stretched, with a tear that is less than one-third of the ligament. Mild tenderness and swelling are present. The knee joint feels stable with a knee laxity < 5 mm.
  • Grade II – A partial tear (between one-third to two-thirds of the ligamental fibers) is present. Mild tenderness and swelling with some loss of function are present. The joint may feel unstable with increased anterior translation (a knee laxity of 5 to 10 mm). The patient feels pain, and the pain may become exacerbated with Lachman’s and anterior drawer stress tests.
  • Grade III – The fibers have completely torn. Tenderness and limited pain (relative to the seriousness of the injury) are features. The degree of swelling may be variable. The knee feels unstable, with rotational instability (positive pivot shift test). A knee laxity is greater than 10  mm. Haemarthrosis (bleeding into the knee joints) is observable within 1 to 2 hours.

An acute ACL rupture commonly occurs among sports players, especially those aged 14 to 19 years. The incidence of ACL injury is higher among female athletes due to the following reasons:

  • Smaller ACL and narrower intercondylar notch – Females who are non-athletes and aged 41 to 65 are predisposed to ACL injuries if they have narrow intercondylar notches.
  • Wider pelvis and greater Q angle – A wider pelvis increases the angle of the femur toward the central patella. The greater the Q angle, the greater pressure is applied to the medial aspect of the knee, which can lead to an ACL tear.
  • Lax ligaments – Female ligaments with more elastic muscle fibers tend to be laxer than male ligaments. Excessive joint movements with increased flexibility may contribute to the higher incidence of ACL injury among females.
  • Greater quadriceps to hamstring strength ratio – Females tend to have poor hamstring strength compared to men. The imbalance of strength between the hamstring and quadriceps muscles may increase the risk of ACL injury.

Treatment of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Non-Surgical Treatment Options

  • Patient education
  • Activity modification
  • Physical therapy
  • Weight loss
  • Knee bracing
  • Acetaminophen
  • Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)
  • COX-2 inhibitors
  • Glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate
  • Corticosteroid injections
  • Hyaluronic acid (HA)

The American Academy Of Orthopedic Surgeons (AAOS) Recommends This Treatment.

  • Weight loss – is valuable in all stages of ACL injury. It is indicated in patients with symptomatic ACL injury with a body mass index greater than 25. The best recommendation to achieve weight loss is with diet control and low-impact aerobic exercise.
  • Knee bracing – in the setting of ACL injury includes unloader-type braces that shift the load away from the involved knee compartment. This may be useful in the setting where either the lateral or medial compartment of the knee is involved such as in a valgus or varus deformity.
  • Immobilization – Your doctor may recommend that you wear a brace for 3 to 4 weeks. This stabilizes the knee while it heals.
  • Weightbearing –  Because putting weight on the knee may cause pain and slow the healing process, your doctor may recommend using crutches for the first week or two after the injury.
  • Physical therapy – Once the knee has started to heal, your doctor will recommend physical therapy to help your child regain normal motion. Specific exercises will strengthen the thigh muscles holding the knee joint in place. Your commitment to the exercise program is important for a successful recovery. Typically return to activity 3 to 6 weeks after the injury.
  • Emergent closed reduction followed by vascular assessment/consult – If indications to considered an orthopedic emergency, vascular consult indicated if pulses are absent or diminished following reduction if arterial injury confirmed by arterial duplex ultrasound or CT angiography
  • Immobilization as definitive management – successful closed reduction without vascular compromise, most cases require some form of surgical stabilization following reduction, outcomes of worse outcomes are seen with nonoperative management/prolonged immobilization will lead to loss of ROM with persistent instability.
  • Rest Your Leg – Once you’re discharged from the hospital in a legislating, your top priority is to rest your and not further inflame the injury. Of course, the arm sling not only provides support, but it also restricts movement, which is why you should keep it on even during sleep. Avoiding the temptation to move your will help the bone mend quicker and the pain fades away sooner.
    • Depending on what you do for a living and if the injury is to your dominant side, you may need to take a couple of weeks off work to recuperate.
    • Healing takes between four to six weeks in younger people and up to 12 weeks in the elderly, but it depends on the severity of the radial head fractures.
    • Athletes in good health are typically able to resume their sporting activities within two months of breaking they’re ulnar styloid depending on the severity of the break and the specific sport.
    • Sleeping on your back (with the sling on) is necessary to keep the pressure off your shoulder and prevent stressing the hip injury.

Eat Nutritiously During Your Recovery

  • All bones and tissues in the body need certain nutrients in order to heal properly and in a timely manner. Eating a nutritious and balanced diet that includes lots of minerals and vitamins are proven to help heal ACL injury of all types. Therefore focus on eating lots of fresh produce (fruits and veggies), whole grains, lean meats, and fish to give your body the building blocks needed to properly repair your. In addition, drink plenty of purified water, milk, and other dairy-based beverages to augment what you eat.
  • ACL injury need ample minerals (calcium, phosphorus, magnesium, boron) and protein to become strong and healthy again.
  • Excellent sources of minerals/protein include dairy products, tofu, beans, broccoli, nuts and seeds, sardines, and salmon.
  • Important vitamins that are needed for bone healing include vitamin C (needed to make collagen), vitamin D (crucial for mineral absorption), and vitamin K (binds calcium to bones and triggers collagen formation).
  • Conversely, don’t consume food or drink that is known to impair bone/tissue healing, such as alcoholic beverages, sodas, most fast food items and foods made with lots of refined sugars and preservatives.

Medication

  • Antibiotic – Cefuroxime or Azithromycin, or  Flucloxacillin or any others cephalosporin/quinolone antibiotic must be used to prevent infection or clotted blood remove to prevent furthers swelling and edema.
  • NSAIDs – Prescription-strength drugs that reduce both pain and inflammation. Pain medicines and anti-inflammatory drugs help to relieve pain and stiffness, allowing for increased mobility and exercise. There are many common over-the-counter medicines called non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). They include and KetorolacAceclofenacNaproxen, Etoricoxib.
  • Corticosteroids – Also known as oral steroids, these medications reduce inflammation.
  • Muscle Relaxants –  These medications provide relief from associated muscle spasms.
  • Neuropathic Agents – Drugs(pregabalin & gabapentin) that address neuropathic—or nerve-related—pain. This includes burning, numbness, and tingling.
  • Opioids – Also known as narcotics, these medications are intense pain relievers that should only be used under a doctor’s careful supervision.
  • Topical Medications – These prescription-strength creams, gels, ointments, patches, and sprays help relieve pain and inflammation through the skin.
  • Calcium & vitamin D3 – to improve bone health and healing fracture. As a general rule, men and women age 50 and older should consume 1,200 milligrams of calcium a day, and 600 international units of vitamin D a day.
  • Antidepressants – A drug that blocks pain messages from your brain and boosts the effects of endorphins (your body’s natural painkillers).
  • Glucosamine & DiacereinChondroitin sulfate – can be used to tightening the loose tension, cartilage, ligament, and cartilage, ligament regenerates cartilage or inhabits the further degeneration of cartilage, ligament. They are structural components of articular cartilage, and the thought is that a supplement will aid in the health of articular cartilage.
  • Intra-articular corticosteroid injections – may be useful for symptomatic ACL injury especially where there is a considerable inflammatory component. The delivery of the corticosteroid directly into the knee may reduce local inflammation associated with osteoarthritis and minimize the systemic effects of the steroid.
  • Intra-articular hyaluronic acid injections (HA) – injections are another injectable option for knee ACL injury. HA is a glycosaminoglycan that is found throughout the human body and is an important component of synovial fluid and articular cartilage. HA breaks down during the process of  ACL injury and contributes to the loss of articular cartilage as well as stiffness and pain. Local delivery of HA into the joint acts as a lubricant and may help increase the natural production of HA in the joint.

Surgical Treatment

ACL tears are not usually repaired using suture to sew it back together, because repaired ACLs have generally been shown to fail over time. Therefore, the torn ACL is generally replaced by a substitute graft made of tendon.

  • Patellar tendon autograft (autograft comes from the patient)
  • Hamstring tendon autograft
  • Quadriceps tendon autograft
  • Allograft (taken from a cadaver) patellar tendon, Achilles tendon, semitendinosus, gracilis, or posterior tibialis tendon

Patient Considerations

Active adult patients involved in sports or jobs that require pivoting, turning or hard-cutting as well as heavy manual work are encouraged to consider surgical treatment. This includes older patients who have previously been excluded from consideration for ACL surgery. Activity, not age, should determine if surgical intervention should be considered.

In young children or adolescents with ACL tears, early ACL reconstruction creates a possible risk of growth plate injury, leading to bone growth problems. The surgeon can delay ACL surgery until the child is closer to skeletal maturity or the surgeon may modify the ACL surgery technique to decrease the risk of growth plate injury.

A patient with a torn ACL and significant functional instability has a high risk of developing secondary knee damage and should therefore consider ACL reconstruction.

It is common to see ACL injuries combined with damage to the menisci, articular cartilage, collateral ligaments, joint capsule, or a combination of the above. The “unhappy triad,” frequently seen in football players and skiers, consists of injuries to the ACL, the MCL, and the medial meniscus.

In cases of combined injuries, surgical treatment may be warranted and generally produces better outcomes. As many as half of meniscus tears may be repairable and may heal better if the repair is done in combination with the ACL reconstruction.

Surgical Choices

There are 4 types of grafts

  • Autografts – are taken from the patient’s own body and include portions of the extensor mechanism patellar tendon, iliotibial tract semitendinosus tendon, gracilis tendon and menisci.
  • Allografts – grafts taken from cadavers.
  • Xenografts – grafts taken from animals. Bovine xenografts in particular have been associated with high complication rates.
  • Synthetics – These can be further classified into 3 categories, biodegradable (carbon fibers), permanent prostheses (Gore-Tex and Dacron), and ligament augmentation devices.

Patellar tendon autograft –  The middle third of the patellar tendon of the patient, along with a bone plug from the shin and the kneecap is used in the patellar tendon autograft. Occasionally referred to by some surgeons as the “gold standard” for ACL reconstruction, it is often recommended for high-demand athletes and patients whose jobs do not require a significant amount of kneeling.

The pitfalls of the patellar tendon autograft are

  • Postoperative pain behind the kneecap
  • Pain with kneeling
  • Slightly increased risk of postoperative stiffness
  • Low risk of patella fracture

Hamstring tendon autograft – The semitendinosus hamstring tendon on the inner side of the knee is used in creating the hamstring tendon autograft for ACL reconstruction. Some surgeons use an additional tendon, the gracilis, which is attached below the knee in the same area. This creates a two- or four-strand tendon graft. Hamstring graft proponents claim there are fewer problems associated with harvesting of the graft compared to the patellar tendon autograft including:

  • Fewer problems with anterior knee pain or kneecap pain after surgery
  • Less postoperative stiffness problems
  • Smaller incision
  • Faster recovery

Hamstring tendon autograft prepared for ACL reconstruction

The graft function may be limited by the strength and type of fixation in the bone tunnels, as the graft does not have bone plugs. There have been conflicting results in research studies as to whether hamstring grafts are slightly more susceptible to graft elongation (stretching), which may lead to increased laxity during objective testing. Recently, some studies have demonstrated decreased hamstring strength in patients after surgery.

There are some indications that patients who have intrinsic ligamentous laxity and knee hyperextension of 10 degrees or more may have increased risk of postoperative hamstring graft laxity on clinical exam. Therefore, some clinicians recommend the use of patellar tendon autografts in these hypermobile patients.

Additionally, since the medial hamstrings often provide dynamic support against valgus stress and instability, some surgeons feel that chronic or residual medial collateral ligament laxity (grade 2 or more) at the time of ACL reconstruction may be a contraindication for use of the patient’s own semitendinosus and gracilis tendons as an ACL graft.

Quadriceps tendon autograft

The quadriceps tendon autograft is often used for patients who have already failed ACL reconstruction. The middle third of the patient’s quadriceps tendon and a bone plug from the upper end of the knee cap are used. This yields a larger graft for taller and heavier patients. Because there is a bone plug on one side only, the fixation is not as solid as for the patellar tendon graft. There is a high association with postoperative anterior knee pain and a low risk of patella fracture. Patients may find the incision is not cosmetically appealing.

Allografts

Allografts are grafts taken from cadavers and are becoming increasingly popular. These grafts are also used for patients who have failed ACL reconstruction before and in surgery to repair or reconstruct more than one knee ligament. The advantages of using allograft tissue include the elimination of pain caused by obtaining the graft from the patient, decreased surgery time and smaller incisions. The patellar tendon allograft allows for strong bony fixation in the tibial and femoral bone tunnels with screws.

However, allografts are associated with a risk of infection, including viral transmission (HIV and Hepatitis C), despite careful screening and processing. Several deaths linked to bacterial infection from allograft tissue (due to improper procurement and sterilization techniques) have led to improvements in allograft tissue testing and processing techniques. There have also been conflicting results in research studies as to whether allografts are slightly more susceptible to graft elongation (stretching), which may lead to increased laxity during testing.

Some published literature may point to a higher failure rate with the use of allografts for ACL reconstruction. Higher failure rates for allografts have been reported in young, active patients returning to high-demand sporting activities after ACL reconstruction, compared with autografts.

The reason for this higher failure rate is unclear. It could be due to graft material properties (sterilization processes used, graft donor age, storage of the graft). It could possibly be due to an ill-advised earlier return to sport by the athlete because of a faster perceived physiologic recovery, when the graft is not biologically ready to be loaded and stressed during sporting activities. Further research in this area is indicated and is ongoing.

Surgical Procedure

Before any surgical treatment, the patient is usually sent to physical therapy. Patients who have a stiff, swollen knee lacking full range of motion at the time of ACL surgery may have significant problems regaining motion after surgery. It usually takes three or more weeks from the time of injury to achieve full range of motion. It is also recommended that some ligament injuries be braced and allowed to heal prior to ACL surgery.

The patient, the surgeon, and the anesthesiologist select the anesthesia used for surgery. Patients may benefit from an anesthetic block of the nerves of the leg to decrease postoperative pain.

The surgery usually begins with an examination of the patient’s knee while the patient is relaxed due the effects of anesthesia. This final examination is used to verify that the ACL is torn and also to check for looseness of other knee ligaments that may need to be repaired during surgery or addressed postoperatively.

If the physical exam strongly suggests the ACL is torn, the selected tendon is harvested (for an autograft) or thawed (for an allograft) and the graft is prepared to the correct size for the patient.

After the graft has been prepared, the surgeon places an arthroscope into the joint. Small (one-centimeter) incisions called portals are made in the front of the knee to insert the arthroscope and instruments and the surgeon examines the condition of the knee. Meniscus and cartilage injuries are trimmed or repaired and the torn ACL stump is then removed.

Post-operative X-ray after ACL patellar tendon reconstruction (with picture of graft superimposed) shows graft position and bone plugs fixation with metal interference screws.

In the most common ACL reconstruction technique, bone tunnels are drilled into the tibia and the femur to place the ACL graft in almost the same position as the torn ACL. A long needle is then passed through the tunnel of the tibia, up through the femoral tunnel, and then out through the skin of the thigh. The sutures of the graft are placed through the eye of the needle and the graft is pulled into position up through the tibial tunnel and then up into the femoral tunnel. The graft is held under tension as it is fixed in place using interference screws, spiked washers, posts, or staples. The devices used to hold the graft in place are generally not removed.

Variations on this surgical technique include the “two-incision,” “over-the-top,” and “double-bundle” types of ACL reconstructions, which may be used because of the preference of the surgeon or special circumstances (revision ACL reconstruction, open growth plates).

Before the surgery is complete, the surgeon will probe the graft to make sure it has good tension, verify that the knee has full range of motion and perform tests such as the Lachman’s test to assess graft stability. The skin is closed and dressings (and perhaps a postoperative brace and cold therapy device, depending on surgeon preference) are applied. The patient will usually go home on the same day of the surgery.

Techniques for ACL reconstruction

Extra-articular reconstruction

Intra-articular reconstruction became the preferred choice but it does not fully restore knee kinematics by creating a static restraint and was usually accompanied by connecting the lateral femoral epicondyle to Gerdy’s tubercle with the collagenous restraint lying parallel to the intra-articular course of ACL. This also avoids the problem of lack of blood supply to the intra-articular reconstructions. Most of these procedures use the iliotibial band or tract connecting the lateral femoral epicondyle to the greedy tubercle, The optimal attachment point for the extra-articular reconstructions for anterolateral rotatory instability is found to be the Gerdy tubercle. This procedure is also used primarily in conjunction with an intra-articular reconstruction when severe anterior instability is due to injury or late stretching of the secondary stabilizing capsular structures or the lateral side of the knee.

Procedures

  • Macintosh method (iliotibial band tenodesis)
  • Macintosh, modified by Loseen method
  • Andrews method

Disadvantages

  • Diminish the anterolateral rotatory subluxation, but do not recreate the normal anatomy and function of the ACL.
  • When used alone has a high rate of failure.

Intra-articular Procedure

The advances made in the arthroscopy procedures have produced better results in ACL injury rehabilitation. This procedure may involve a small arthrotomy incision which preserves the vastus medialis oblique muscle to the patella. This procedure can be performed with both endoscopic technique or double incision arthroscopic technique.

Various tissues/grafts have been used to anatomically reconstruct the torn ACL which include portions of the extensor mechanism, patellar tendon, iliotibial tract, semitendinosus tendon, gracilis tendon, and menisci. These can all used in autografts i.e grafts taken from the person undergoing surgery. Other methods include the use of allografts and synthetic ligaments. This procedure has the following steps:

  • Graft selection – The graft to be used depends on the length of surgery. The most commonly used autograft is patellar bone graft and hamstring tendon graft (semitendinosus and gracilis).
  • Diagnostic arthroscopy – performed along with any necessary meniscal debridement or repair. Attention is given to partial-thickness tears, displaced bucket-handle tears, and the status of the articular surfaces, including the patellofemoral joint.
  • Graft Harvest – Mini incision extending from the distal pole of the patella to 2.5cm below the tibial tubercle is made to procure the graft. After retracting the other structures the graft to be taken is sharply outlined and a micro oscillating saw blade is used to harvest the graft/bone plug. A triangle bone plug profile is usually obtained.
  • Graft preparation – Graft is shaped into a 10mm tube shape for the femoral drill hole and an 11mm tube for the tibial tunnel.
  • Intercondylar notch preparation and notchplasty – Notchplasty is performed with 5.5mm burr from the anterior aspect of the intercondylar notch posteriorly and from distal to proximal and any residual tissue is also peeled off. The tissue is aggressively debrided with an arthroscopic shaver. If in the small intercondylar or notch area then further modifications are done.
  • Tibial tunnel placement – Tibial tunnel should be placed so that the graft is not impinged by the roof of the intercondylar notch and should reside within the middle third of the former ACL insertion site.
  • Femoral Tunnel placement – following a tibial tunnel placement, a femoral tunnel placement is completed so as to make a normal ACL like graft placement.
  • Graft placement – The graft after the tunnel placement is slid along with arthroscopic grasper through the tunnel. The graft may be rotated before tibial fixation.
  • Graft fixation – A Nitinol pin is then used to fix the graft with the bone and tunnel. The graft may be rotated before tibial fixation as an ACL has been shown to have external rotation within its fibers of approximately 90 degrees. The amount of graft tension created during fixation has a direct effect on ACL rehabilitation
  • Wound closure – Before closing, the graft harvest site is copiously injected with 0.25% Marcaine and it is also injected intra-articularly. The wound is closed with absorbable sutures with the knee in flexion. ACL reconstruction is one of the most common orthopedic surgeries, and commonly there is articular cartilage degeneration.
  • A total collateral ligament rupture and a full-thickness cartilage lesion would be seen on an MRI.
  • Patella tendon procedure: involves the central third of the ipsilateral patellar tendon. Fixation of the bone blocks within the tibia and femur.
  • Hamstring tendon procedure: four-layer, fold up of gracilis, and the semitendinosus tendons.

The surgery takes place at 10 weeks post-injury

Double-bundle reconstructionSemitendinosus is used with the autograft through 2 tunnels in both the tibia and femur. The autograft method is bone to bone with hamstrings/semitendinosus grafts. 3 tunnels may also be used, 2 tunnels through the tibia, and 1 tunnel through the femur.

The most common procedures for this reconstruction

  • The autologous bone to patella and tendon to bone graft
  • The autologous four-strand hamstrings graft

For the bone to patella and tendon to bone graft, a couple of bone blocks from the patella and the tibial tubercle are taken. This procedure causes more anterior knee pain than the semitendinosus graft. In the second procedure, the graft is obtained from the distal end of the semitendinosus and the gracilis tendon.

Other procedures are the LARS artificial ligament,(Ligament Advanced Reinforcement System) iliotibial tract allografts, cadaveric allografts, synthetic materials and grafts from living related donor people, but all materials have their drawbacks. There is the potential for cross infections, breakage, immunological responses, chronic effusions and recurrent instability

Single bundle vs Double bundle ACL reconstruction

A kinematics study showed that the standard single-bundle ACL reconstruction does not create the same kinematics as the intact ACL in normal activities. Only anteroposterior stability seems to be reconstructed. When the leg turns, there is an abnormal tibial rotation in the knee. Single-bundle ACL reconstruction does not recreate normal rotation in the knee.

On the contrary, anterior translation after double-bundle reconstruction was comparable with the intact ACL at 0° flexion, but the most stable position of the knee is at 15° and 75° flexion.

Watch this video to learn more about ACL Reconstruction using patellar tendon

Rehabilitation

Physical therapy is a crucial part of successful ACL surgery, with exercises beginning immediately after the surgery. Much of the success of ACL reconstructive surgery depends on the patient’s dedication to rigorous physical therapy. With new surgical techniques and stronger graft fixation, current physical therapy uses an accelerated course of rehabilitation.

Postoperative Course

  • In the first 10 to 14 days after surgery, the wound is kept clean and dry, and the early emphasis is placed on regaining the ability to fully straighten the knee and restore quadriceps control.
  • The knee is iced regularly to reduce swelling and pain. The surgeon may dictate the use of a postoperative brace and the use of a machine to move the knee through its range of motion. Weight-bearing status (use of crutches to keep some or all of the patient’s weight off of the surgical leg) is also determined by physician preference, as well as other injuries addressed at the time of surgery.

Rehabilitation

  • The goals for the rehabilitation of ACL reconstruction include reducing knee swelling, maintaining mobility of the kneecap to prevent anterior knee pain problems, regaining full range of motion of the knee, as well as strengthening the quadriceps and hamstring muscles.
  • The patient may return to sports when there is no longer pain or swelling, when full knee range of motion has been achieved, and when muscle strength, endurance, and functional use of the leg have been fully restored.
  • The patient’s sense of balance and control of the leg must also be restored through exercises designed to improve neuromuscular control. This usually takes 4 to 6 months. The use of a functional brace when returning to sports is ideally not needed after a successful ACL reconstruction, but some patients may feel a greater sense of security by wearing one.

Complications

  • Infection – The incidence of infection after arthroscopic ACL reconstruction is very low.  There have also been reported deaths linked to bacterial infection from allograft tissue due to improper procurement and sterilization techniques.
  • Viral transmission – Allografts specifically are associated with the risk of viral transmission, including HIV and Hepatitis C, despite careful screening and processing. The chance of obtaining a bone allograft from an HIV-infected donor is calculated to be less than 1 in a million.
  • Bleeding, numbness – Rare risks include bleeding from acute injury to the popliteal artery and weakness or paralysis of the leg or foot. It is not uncommon to have numbness of the outer part of the upper leg next to the incision, which may be temporary or permanent.
  • Blood clot – Although rare, blood clot in the veins of the calf or thigh is a potentially life-threatening complication. A blood clot may break off in the bloodstream and travel to the lungs, causing pulmonary embolism or to the brain, causing a stroke.
  • Instability – Recurrent instability due to rupture or stretching of the reconstructed ligament or poor surgical technique is possible.
  • Stiffness – Knee stiffness or loss of motion has been reported by some patients after surgery.
  • Extensor mechanism failure – Rupture of the patellar tendon (patellar tendon autograft) or patella fracture (patellar tendon or quadriceps tendon autografts) may occur due to weakening at the site of graft harvest.
  • Growth plate injury – In young children or adolescents with ACL tears, early ACL reconstruction creates a possible risk of growth plate injury, leading to bone growth problems. The ACL surgery can be delayed until the child is closer to reaching skeletal maturity. Alternatively, the surgeon may be able to modify the technique of ACL reconstruction to decrease the risk of growth plate injury.
  • Kneecap pain – Postoperative anterior knee pain is especially common after patellar tendon autograft ACL reconstruction. The incidence of pain behind the kneecap varies greatly in studies, whereas the incidence of kneeling pain is often higher after patellar tendon autograft ACL reconstruction.

Complications associated with non-surgical treatment are largely associated with NSAID use.

Common Adverse Effects of NSAID Use

  • Stomach pain and heartburn
  • Stomach ulcers
  • A tendency to bleed, especially while taking aspirin
  • Kidney problems

Common Adverse Effects of Intra-Articular Corticosteroid Injection

  • Pain and swelling (cortisone flare)
  • Skin discoloration at the site of injection
  • Elevated blood sugar
  • Infection
  • Allergic reaction

Common Adverse Effects of Intra-Articular HA Injection

  • Injection site pain
  • Muscle pain
  • Trouble walking
  • Fever
  • Chills
  • Headache

Complications Associated with HTO

  • Recurrence of deformity
  • Loss of posterior tibial slope
  • Patella baja
  • Compartment syndrome
  • Peroneal nerve palsy
  • Malunion or nonunion
  • Infection
  • Persistent pain
  • Blood clot

Complications Associated with UKA

  • Stress fracture of the tibia
  • Tibial component collapse
  • Infection
  • Osteolysis
  • Persistent pain
  • Neurovascular injury
  • Blood clot
  • Infection
  • Instability
  • Osteolysis
  • Neurovascular injury
  • Fracture
  • Extensor mechanism rupture
  • Patellar maltracking
  • Patellar clunk syndrome
  • Stiffness
  • Peroneal nerve palsy
  • Wound complications
  • Heterotopic ossification
  • Blood clot

Prevention

Given the importance of neuromuscular factors and the etiology of ACL injuries, numerous programs have aimed to improve neuromuscular control during standing, cutting, jumping, and landing. [rx] The components of neuromuscular training are:

  • Balance training: balance exercises
  • Jump training – plyometrics: landing with increased flexion at the knee and hip
  • Strengthening that emphasizes proximal hip control mediated through gluteus and proximal hamstring activation in a close kinetic chain
  • Stretching
  • Skill training: Controlling body motions, especially in deceleration and pivoting maneuvers
  • Movement education and some form of feedback to the athlete during the training of these activities
  • Agility training: agility exercises

Examples of more recent neuromuscular training programs include: Sportsmetrics and Prevent Injury and Enhance Performance program. Both programs have a positive influence on injury reduction and improve athletic performance tests. [rx] The PEP plan includes: Warm Up, stretching, strengthening, plyometrics, and agility exercises. [rx]

References

ByRx Harun

PCL Torn – Causes, Symptoms, Diagnosis, Treatment

PCL Torn/Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury (PCL) is one of the four major ligaments of the knee joint that functions to stabilize the tibia on the femur. It originates from the anterolateral aspect of the medial femoral condyle in the area of the intercondylar notch and inserts onto the posterior aspect of the tibial plateau. It functions to prevent posterior translation of the tibia on the femur. To a lesser extent, the PCL functions to resist varus, valgus, and external rotation forces. It is approximately 1.3 to 2 times as thick and about twice as strong as the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) and, consequently, less commonly subject to injury.

The posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) is the largest and strongest ligament in the human knee, and the primary posterior stabilizer. Recent anatomy and biomechanical studies have provided an improved understanding of PCL function. PCL injuries are typically combined with other ligamentous, meniscal and chondral injuries. Stress radiography has become an important and validated objective measure in surgical decision making and post-operative assessment. Isolated grade I or II PCL injuries can usually be treated non-operatively. However, when acute grade III PCL ruptures occur together with other ligamentous injury and/or repairable meniscal body/root tears, surgery is indicated. Anatomic single-bundle PCL reconstruction (SB-PCLR) typically restores the larger anterolateral bundle (ALB) and represents the most commonly performed procedure.

Anatomy of PCL Injury

The PCL is the largest and strongest intraarticular ligament of the knee joint, comprising of 2 functional bundles: the larger anterolateral bundle (ALB) and the smaller posteromedial bundle (PMB) (). The size of the femoral attachment of the ALB is nearly twice the size of its tibial attachment and has been reported to range from 112 to 118 mm2 (). The center of the femoral ALB footprint is located 7.4 mm from the trochlear point, 11.0 mm from the medial arch point, and 7.9 mm from the distal articular cartilage. Furthermore, ALB tibial attachment center is located 6.1 mm posterior to the shiny white fibers of the posterior medial meniscus root, 4.9 mm from the bundle ridge (which separates both bundles), and 10.7 mm from the champagne glass drop-off of the posterior tibia ().

The area of the PMB femoral attachment is between 60 mm2 and 90 mm2 in size and is located between the anterior and posterior meniscofemoral ligaments. The femoral PMB center is located 11.1 mm from the medial arch point and 10.8 mm from the posterior point of the articular cartilage margin. Meanwhile, the PMB tibial attachment center is located 4.4 mm anterior to the champagne glass drop-off of the posterior tibia and 3.1 mm lateral from the medial groove of the medial tibial plateau articular surface (). These measures have biomechanical and surgical implications, because an anatomic reconstruction of the ALB and PMB better restores native knee kinematics and has been reported to improve clinical outcomes

Posterior Cruciate Ligament

  • Origin the posterior intercondylar region of the tibia
  • Insertion  the anterolateral margin of the medial condyle of the femur
  • Function prevention of posterior translation of the tibia relative to the femur; generalized knee stability
  • Blood Supplymiddle geniculate artery
  • Sensory Innervation posterior articular nerve

The PCL is composed of two bundles: the anterolateral bundle and the posteromedial bundle

Anterolateral Bundle of the PCL

  • Taut in knee flexion
  • Lax in knee extension

Posteromedial bundle of the PCL

  • Taut in knee extension
  • Lax in knee flexion

Types of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Acute PCL injury

  • Isolated injury – Symptoms are often vague and minimal, with patients often not even feeling or noticing the injury. Minimal pain, swelling, instability and full range of motion is present, as well as a near-normal gait pattern.
  • Combination with other ligamentous injuries – Symptoms differ according to the extent of the knee injury. This includes swelling, pain, a feeling of instability, limited range of motion and difficulty with mobilisation. Bruising may also be present.

Chronic PCL injury

Patients with a chronic PCL injury are not always able to recall a mechanism of injury. Common complaints are discomfort with weight-bearing in a semi flexed position (e.g. climbing stairs or squatting) and aching in the knee when walking long distances. Complaints of instability are also often present, mostly when walking on an uneven surface. Retropatellar pain and pain in the medial compartment of the knee may also be present. Potential swelling and stiffness depend on the degree of associated chondral damage.

Ligaments

  • anterior cruciate ligament tear
      • anterior tibial translocation sign
      • deep lateral sulcus sign
      • positive PCL line sign
      • reconstruction
        • radiographic evaluation
        • complications
          • cyclops lesion
          • tibial tunnel cyst
  • anterior cruciate ligament ganglion cyst
  • anterior cruciate ligament mucoid degeneration
  • posterior cruciate ligament tear
  • medial collateral ligament tear
  • lateral collateral ligament tear
  • medial patellofemoral ligament tear
  • posterolateral corner injury
  • posteromedial corner injury

Tendons

  • patellar tendon rupture
  • quadriceps tendon rupture

Meniscal lesions

  • meniscal tear
      • longitudinal tear
        • horizontal tear
        • longitudinal tear
          • Wrisberg rip
      • radial tear
        • ghost meniscus
      • root tear
      • displaced tear
        • flap tear
        • bucket-handle tear
        • parrot beak tear
      • signs
        • absent bow tie sign
        • double PCL sign
        • Jack and Jill lesion
        • two-slice-touch rule
      • MRI grading system for meniscal signal intensity
  • meniscal contusion
  • meniscal extrusion
  • meniscal/parameniscal cyst
  • meniscal flounce
  • meniscal fraying
  • meniscal maceration
  • meniscocapsular separation
    • ramp lesion
    • floating meniscus
  • bursosynovial lesions
    • infrapatellar bursitis
    • pes anserinus bursitis
    • prepatellar bursitis
    • medial patellar plica syndrome
Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Knee Joint Ligaments Anatomy Knee And Ankle Anatomy Musculoskeletal With Seegmiller At – Human Anatomy Library

Causes of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

PCL tears are commonly seen in contact sports and non-contact sports. They often occur when:

  • Motor vehicle accidents – A “dashboard injury” occurs when the driver’s or passenger’s bent knee slams against the dashboard, pushing in the shinbone just below the knee and causing the posterior cruciate ligament to tear.
  • Contact sports – Athletes in sports such as football and soccer can tear their posterior cruciate ligament when they fall on a bent knee with their foot pointed down. The shinbone hits the ground first and it moves backward. Being tackled when your knee is bent also can cause this injury.
  • The knee is hit directly – especially during sports like soccer, rugby, and football
  • A person lands on a bent knee – such as during a fall or misstep
  • Landing directly on the front of the shinbone – such as when a dancer comes down from a leap and falls
  • A person makes cutting or pivoting maneuvers – such as when an athlete plants a foot and shifts directions
  • A person lands on one leg – which can happen after a jump in basketball or volleyball
  • A direct blow to the bent knee in an automobile injury
  • A sports-related injury in which the knee bends
  • Pulling on the ligament in a twisting injury or hyperextension
  • A misstep on uneven terrain

Symptoms of PCL Torn

The typical symptoms of a posterior cruciate ligament injury are:

  • Sharp or dull pain around the back of the knee – This can occur immediately or develop in the hours or days after the injury.
  • Swelling – Bleeding around the torn ligament may result in swelling. Swelling typically occurs within 2 to 3 hours of the injury.
  • Stiffness – Swelling may cause the knee to become stiff. A person may have trouble bending the knee, resulting in a limp or difficulty going up or down stairs.
  • Difficulty bearing weight – The injured knee may be difficult or painful to stand or walk on, especially for long periods of time.
  • Knee instability – Mild or moderate sprains may cause very little or no knee instability, while more severe sprains may cause a person to feel as if the knee is about to buckle or give out. In some cases, knee instability is a sign of an undiagnosed PCL tear that occurred months or even years earlier.
  • The back of the knee may be warm to the touch – This is due to bleeding within the knee joint caused by the injury.
  • Tenderness around the knee joint – The knee joint, particularly the back of the knee, may be tender or sensitive to touch.
  • Knee tingling or numbness – In more severe PCL injuries, people may report the feeling of tingling or numbness around the knee joint
  • The back of the knee may be warm to the touch – This is due to bleeding within the knee joint caused by the injury.
  • Tenderness around the knee joint – The knee joint, particularly the back of the knee, may be tender or sensitive to touch.
  • Knee tingling or numbness – In more severe PCL injuries, people may report the feeling of tingling or numbness around the knee joint.
  • Mild knee swelling, with or without the knee giving out when you walk or stand, and with or without limitation of motion
  • Mild pain at the back of the knee that feels worse when you kneel
  • Pain in the front of the knee when you run or try to slow down — This symptom may begin one to two weeks after the injury or even later.
  • Pain with swelling that occurs steadily and quickly after the injury
  • Swelling that makes the knee stiff and may cause a limp
  • Difficulty walking
  • The knee feels unstable, like it may “give out”

Diagnosis of PCL Torn

History and Physical

Patients often will present with complaints of acute onset of posterior knee pain, swelling, and instability.  A thorough history includes the mechanism of injury, such as trauma from falling onto a flexed knee or recent motor vehicle accident.  There may or may not be a complaint of a “pop” with PCL tears like those frequently reported with ACL tears.

A thorough knee exam should be performed, including gait assessment. The neurovascular integrity of the lower extremity distal to the injury should also be assessed.

  • Inspection – Affected knee will often present with mild to moderate joint effusion. Swelling is usually less than an ACL tear. Patients may present with antalgic gait on examination with obvious favoring of affected knee. They may have difficulty walking up or down stairs or at an incline. There may be a positive sag test; The sag test is performed with the patient supine, hip flexed to 45 degrees, and knee flexed to 90 degrees.  The tibia will be noted to sag distally relative to the femur as compared to the opposite knee.
  • Palpation – There may be an effusion on physical exam.
  • Muscle strength testing – Strength should be normal, but there may be weakness with knee extension and flexion secondary to guarding.
  • ROM – The passive range of motion may be limited 10 to 20 degrees with flexion. It may be further decreased with other concomitant injuries such as meniscal, muscular, or ligamentous etiology.
  • Special Testing – The posterior drawer test is the most accurate test for assessing PCL integrity.  It is performed with the patient in the supine position with the hip flexed to 45 degrees and knee flexed to 90 degrees. A posterior force is applied to the proximal tibia with one hand with stabilization of the femur with the other. Ligamentous and meniscal testing should be performed to assess the integrity of other structure of the knee. The Dial test can be performed to distinguish isolated PCL injuries with an associated posterolateral joint capsule, popliteus, medial collateral ligament, and posterior oblique ligament injuries.
  • The posterolateral drawer test – external rotation recurvatum test, and reverse pivot shift test can also be used to assess injuries to the posterolateral structures. However, a positive external rotation recurvatum test is more indicative of an ACL injury than a PCL injury and the reverse pivot shift test should be used with care because the test may yield positive results in about 30% of normal knees.

Posterior drawer test

  • The test is performed with the person lying on his or her back.
  • The examiner will ask the person to bend their hip to 45º with foot flat) and knee to 90º.
  • He or she will lean lightly on the person’s foot to stabilize the leg.
  • The examiner will wrap both hands around the joint line of the knee and attempt to move the tibia (shin bone) backwards.
  • This movement may be done several times to confirm the diagnosis.

By putting pressure on the shin bone, the doctor will be able to gauge resistance from the PCL; an injured PCL will have less resistance than an uninjured ligament, causing the tibia to move backwards.

Posterior sag sign test

posterior sag test, where, in contrast to the drawer test, no active force is applied. Rather, the person lies supine with the leg held by another person so that the hip is flexed to 90 degrees and the knee 90 degrees.[rx] The main parameter in this test is step-off, which is the shortest distance from the femur to a hypothetical line that tangents the surface of the tibia from the tibial tuberosity and upwards. Normally, the step-off is approximately 1 cm, but is decreased (Grade I) or even absent (Grade II) or inverse (Grade III) in injuries to the posterior cruciate ligament.[rx]

  • This test is performed with the person laying on his or her back.
  • The doctor will bend the affected knee so that it and the hip are each at a 90º angle, with the foot in the air, and hold the heel for support.
  • If there is an increased posterior sag in the affected knee (due to gravity), a PCL tear is likely present.

A doctor may also perform physical tests to determine if any other structures in the knee have been damaged. In addition to a physical exam, the doctor may order an x-ray or other medical imaging.

In some cases, your doctor may suggest one or more of the following imaging tests:

  • X-ray – While an X-ray can’t detect ligament damage, it can reveal bone fractures. People with posterior cruciate ligament injuries sometimes have breaks in which a small chunk of bone, attached to the ligament, pulls away from the main bone (avulsion fracture).
  • MRI scan – This painless procedure uses radio waves and a strong magnetic field to create computer images of the soft tissues of your body. An MRI scan can clearly show a posterior cruciate ligament tear and determine if other knee ligaments or cartilage also are injured.
  • Arthroscopy – If it’s unclear how extensive your knee injury is, your doctor might use a surgical technique called arthroscopy to look inside your knee joint. A tiny video camera is inserted into your knee joint through a small incision. The doctor views images of the inside of the joint on a computer monitor or TV screen.

Stage

Injuries to ligaments are referred to as “sprains.” These sprains are graded according to the severity of the injury.

  • Grade 1 sprains are injuries to the ligament where only mild damage has occurred. The ligament has been stretched slightly, but is still capable of providing stability to the knee joint.
  • Grade 2 sprains occur when the ligament is stretched to the point of permanent laxity and some tearing of the ligament has occurred. This type of sprain is often referred to as a partial tear.
  • Grade 3 sprains are complete tears of the ligament. In a grade 3 sprain, the ligament has been split into two pieces, making the knee unstable.

PCL Injuries are commonly seen in conjunction with injuries to other structures of the knee. The most commonly missed associated injury is an injury to the posterolateral corner of the knee.

Treatment of PCL Torn

Nonsurgical Treatment Options for PCL Injuries

Less severe posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) tears of the knee generally heal well without surgery. Immediately after the injury, management consists of the RICE method:

  • Rest – Any activities that causes knee pain, such as running or walking, should be avoided until symptoms are relieved.
  • Ice – A person may be advised to apply ice to the area to help reduce pain and swelling. Ice can be applied several times throughout the day for about 10 to 20 minutes at a time.
  • Compression – Swelling can be managed by wearing an elastic bandage around the affected knee.
  • Elevation – Keeping the knee supported above the waist can help with swelling.
  • Wear a knee brace – A knee brace provides stability and restricts side-to-side movement. Some people may choose to wear a functional knee brace, which allows for more movement, when they return to activity.
  • Use crutches – Crutches may be recommended to keep weight off the injured knee.

Physical Therapy

  • A physical therapist will focus on improving mobility, strength, flexibility, and balance, which can help speed up recovery time and improve performance once the injury has healed.
  • Walking (weight-bearing) is initiated as soon as possible.
  • Knee straightening (extension) and bending (flexion) are encouraged. Pool therapy is helpful.
  • Stationary cycling is initiated as soon as adequate motion is achieved.
  • Quadriceps strengthening exercises are started, such as standing squats with toe raises and leg press.
  • Hamstring exercise may be modified for 6 months.
  • Surgery is avoided in most cases unless other major ligaments are disrupted.

Medication

  • Antibiotic – Cefuroxime or Azithromycin, or  Flucloxacillin or any others cephalosporin/quinolone antibiotic must be used to prevent infection or clotted blood remove to prevent furthers swelling and edema.
  • NSAIDs – Prescription-strength drugs that reduce both pain and inflammation. Pain medicines and anti-inflammatory drugs help to relieve pain and stiffness, allowing for increased mobility and exercise. There are many common over-the-counter medicines called non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). They include and KetorolacAceclofenacNaproxen, Etoricoxib.
  • Corticosteroids – Also known as oral steroids, these medications reduce inflammation.
  • Muscle Relaxants –  These medications provide relief from associated muscle spasms.
  • Neuropathic Agents – Drugs(pregabalin & gabapentin) that address neuropathic—or nerve-related—pain. This includes burning, numbness, and tingling.
  • Opioids – Also known as narcotics, these medications are intense pain relievers that should only be used under a doctor’s careful supervision.
  • Topical Medications – These prescription-strength creams, gels, ointments, patches, and sprays help relieve pain and inflammation through the skin.
  • Calcium & vitamin D3 – to improve bone health and healing fracture. As a general rule, men and women age 50 and older should consume 1,200 milligrams of calcium a day, and 600 international units of vitamin D a day.
  • Antidepressants – A drug that blocks pain messages from your brain and boosts the effects of endorphins (your body’s natural painkillers).
  • Glucosamine & DiacereinChondroitin sulfate – can be used to tightening the loose tension, cartilage, ligament, and cartilage, ligament regenerates cartilage or inhabits the further degeneration of cartilage, ligament. They are structural components of articular cartilage, and the thought is that a supplement will aid in the health of articular cartilage.
  • Intra-articular corticosteroid injections – may be useful for symptomatic PCL injury especially where there is a considerable inflammatory component. The delivery of the corticosteroid directly into the knee may reduce local inflammation associated with osteoarthritis and minimize the systemic effects of the steroid.
  • Intra-articular hyaluronic acid injections (HA) – injections are another injectable option for knee PCL injury. HA is a glycosaminoglycan that is found throughout the human body and is an important component of synovial fluid and articular cartilage. HA breaks down during the process of  PCL injury and contributes to the loss of articular cartilage as well as stiffness and pain. Local delivery of HA into the joint acts as a lubricant and may help increase the natural production of HA in the joint.

Surgery

Arthroscopic transtibial technique

  • standard arthroscopic portals with an accessory posteromedial portal posteromedial portal is placed 1 cm proximal to the joint line posterior to the MCL avoid injury to branches of the saphenous nerve during placement.
  • posteromedial corner of the knee is best visualized with a 70° arthroscope either through the notch (modified Gillquist view) or using a posteromedial portal transtibial drilling anterior to posterior
  • fix graft in 90° flexion with an anterior drawer results in knee biomechanics similar to native knee risk to popliteal vessels

Open (tibial inlay)

  • uses a posteromedial incision between medial head of gastrocnemius and semimembranosus used for ORIF of bony avulsion biomechanical advantage with a decrease in the “killer turn” with less graft attenuation and failure  screw fixation of the graft bone block is within 20 mm of the popliteal artery.

Single-bundle technique

  • arthroscopic or open reconstruct the anterolateral bundle tension at 90° of flexion

Double-bundle technique

  • arthroscopic or open techniques may be utilized anterolateral bundle tensioned in 90° of flexion posteromedial bundle tensioned in extension biomechanical advantage with knee function in flexion and extension clinical advantage has yet to be determined may be advantageous to perform with combined PCL/PLC injuries for better rotational control as PLC reconstructions typically loosen over time.

Rehabilitation of PCL Torn

Conservative management with Physiotherapy management

Grade 1 & II injuries

Two weeks of relative immobilisation of the knee (in a locked range of motion brace) is recommended by orthopaedic surgeons. Physiotherapy in this time period includes

  • Partial to full weight-bearing mobilisation
  • Reduce pain and inflammation
  • Reducing knee joint effusion
  • Restore knee range of motion
  • Knee strengthening (especially protective quadriceps rehabilitation)
    • Strengthening the quadriceps is a key factor in a successful recovery, as the quadriceps can take the place of the PCL to a certain extent to prevent the femur from moving too far forward over the tibia.
    • Hamstring strengthening can be included
    • Important to incorporate eccentric strengthening of the lower limb muscles
    • Closed chain exercises
  • Activity modification until pain and swelling subsides

After 2 weeks (on the orthopaedic surgeon’s recommendation)

  • Progress to full weight-bearing mobilisation
  • Weaning of range of motion brace
  • Proprioception, balance and coordination
  • Agility programme when strength and endurance has been regained and the neuromuscular control increased
  • Return to play between 2 and 4 weeks of injury

Grade III injuries

The knee is immobilised in range of motion brace, locked in extension, for 2-4 weeks. Physiotherapy management in this time includes:

  • Activity modification
  • Quadriceps rehabilitation
    • Initially isometric quadriceps exercises and straight-leg raises (SLR)

After 2-4 weeks

  • Avoid isolated hamstring strengthening
  • Active-assisted knee flexion <70°
  • Progress weight-bearing within pain limits
  • Quadriceps rehabilitation: Promote dynamic stabilisation and counteract posterior tibial subluxation
    • Closed chain exercises
    • Open kinetic chain eccentric exercises and eventually
    • Progress to functional exercises such as stationary cycling, leg press, elliptical exercises and stair climbing

Return to play is sport specific, and only after 3 months.

Chronic injuries

  • Chronic PCL injuries can be adequately treated with physiotherapy. A range of motion brace is used, initially set to prevent the terminal 15° of extension. After a while the brace is opened to full extension.

Post-operative rehabilitation

Post-operative rehabilitation typically lasts 6 to 9 months. The duration of each of the five phases and the total duration of the rehabilitation depends on the age and physical level of the patient, as well as the success of the operation. Also see page on PCL reconstruction.

General Guidelines for the post-operative PCL rehabilitation

  • Mobility should be restricted from 0-90 degrees in the first two weeks then facilitated gradually to full ROM.
  • Involved leg should be in non-weight bearing for the first 6 weeks then placed in mobilizer brace and progressed to rebound PCL brace for 6 months.
  • Avoid isolated hamstrings contraction for 4 months due to the hamstrings force in drawing tibia posteriorly which can apply an elongation force on the PCL graft causing instability
  • Avoid unsupported knee flexion for 4 months to prevent any posterior drawing forces on tibia.

Phase I: Early Post-operative phase

Early mobilisation and placing sub-maximal strain on graft lead to better outcomes.

Objectives of maximal protection and early rehabilitation:

  • Restore joint homeostasis
  • Scar tissue management
  • Restore joint ROM
  • Re-train quadriceps
  • Create an effective plan for your patient

Strategies of rehabilitation:

  • Perform ROM exercises from prone position to avoid posterior tibial sag and graft elongation
  • Teach patient to perform Quadriceps contraction/sets from day 1 post surgery if the patient is not on strong pain medications.
  • Patellofemoral mobilisation is important to prevent scarring and preserve joint volume for full range of flexion and extension
  • Ice and elevation for swelling and inflammation management
  • Progressing by applying strategies for increasing ROM and terminal knee extension

One of the huge advancement of PCL management is the utilisation of Dynamic PCL braces. This option may not always be available but if found make sure to utilise it. It’s a spring loaded brace aiming to place an anterior force on the tibia preventing posterior tibial sag and graft elongation by placing the graft in a shortened position. Immediately after surgery, it is recommended to place the leg in a mobiliser braces then progress to a dynamic brace once swelling is subsided. It should be used all the time and only taken off to perform exercises for 6 months. Then move into more functional bracing, worn all the time for 12 months.

Building weight bearing tolerance after 6 weeks of non weight bearing (NWB) should take place gradually and progressively between week 7-8 .

Phase II: Later Post-operative Rehabilitation

Begins 8 weeks after surgery. The aim is to create a plan for the patient to prepare them for returning to pre-operative functional capacity by addressing all MSK deficits.

Areas to address in late post-operative rehabilitation and suggested time-frames:

  • Muscular endurance (weeks:9-16)
  • Strength (weeks 17-22)
  • Power (weeks 23-28) with running progression if it needed (weeks 25-28)
  • Speed and agility (weeks 29-32 )
  • Return to training (week 33).
  • Return to sport : It varies from a sport to another but on average takes about with 3-4 weeks of training. Return to play around 36th week.

How can you care for yourself at home?

  • Put ice or a cold pack on your knee for 10 to 20 minutes at a time. Try to do this every 1 to 2 hours (when you’re awake) for the first 3 days after your injury or until the swelling goes down. Put a thin cloth between the ice and your skin.
  • Prop up your leg on a pillow when you ice it or anytime you sit or lie down. Do this for about 3 days after your injury. Try to keep your knee above the level of your heart. This will help reduce swelling.
  • Take anti-inflammatory medicines to reduce pain and swelling. These include ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin) and naproxen (Aleve). Be safe with medicines. Read and follow all instructions on the label.
  • Follow instructions about how much weight you can put on your leg and how to walk with crutches, if your doctor recommends them.
  • Wear a brace, if your doctor recommends it, to protect and support your knee while it heals. Wear it as directed.
  • Do stretches or strength exercises as your doctor suggests.

References

ByRx Harun

PCL Injury Tear – Causes, Symptoms, Diagnosis, Treatment

PCL Injury Tear/Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury (PCL) is one of the four major ligaments of the knee joint that functions to stabilize the tibia on the femur. It originates from the anterolateral aspect of the medial femoral condyle in the area of the intercondylar notch and inserts onto the posterior aspect of the tibial plateau. It functions to prevent posterior translation of the tibia on the femur. To a lesser extent, the PCL functions to resist varus, valgus, and external rotation forces. It is approximately 1.3 to 2 times as thick and about twice as strong as the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) and, consequently, less commonly subject to injury.

The posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) is the largest and strongest ligament in the human knee, and the primary posterior stabilizer. Recent anatomy and biomechanical studies have provided an improved understanding of PCL function. PCL injuries are typically combined with other ligamentous, meniscal and chondral injuries. Stress radiography has become an important and validated objective measure in surgical decision making and post-operative assessment. Isolated grade I or II PCL injuries can usually be treated non-operatively. However, when acute grade III PCL ruptures occur together with other ligamentous injury and/or repairable meniscal body/root tears, surgery is indicated. Anatomic single-bundle PCL reconstruction (SB-PCLR) typically restores the larger anterolateral bundle (ALB) and represents the most commonly performed procedure.

Anatomy of PCL Injury

The PCL is the largest and strongest intraarticular ligament of the knee joint, comprising of 2 functional bundles: the larger anterolateral bundle (ALB) and the smaller posteromedial bundle (PMB) (). The size of the femoral attachment of the ALB is nearly twice the size of its tibial attachment and has been reported to range from 112 to 118 mm2 (). The center of the femoral ALB footprint is located 7.4 mm from the trochlear point, 11.0 mm from the medial arch point, and 7.9 mm from the distal articular cartilage. Furthermore, ALB tibial attachment center is located 6.1 mm posterior to the shiny white fibers of the posterior medial meniscus root, 4.9 mm from the bundle ridge (which separates both bundles), and 10.7 mm from the champagne glass drop-off of the posterior tibia ().

The area of the PMB femoral attachment is between 60 mm2 and 90 mm2 in size and is located between the anterior and posterior meniscofemoral ligaments. The femoral PMB center is located 11.1 mm from the medial arch point and 10.8 mm from the posterior point of the articular cartilage margin. Meanwhile, the PMB tibial attachment center is located 4.4 mm anterior to the champagne glass drop-off of the posterior tibia and 3.1 mm lateral from the medial groove of the medial tibial plateau articular surface (). These measures have biomechanical and surgical implications, because an anatomic reconstruction of the ALB and PMB better restores native knee kinematics and has been reported to improve clinical outcomes

Posterior Cruciate Ligament

  • Origin the posterior intercondylar region of the tibia
  • Insertion  the anterolateral margin of the medial condyle of the femur
  • Function prevention of posterior translation of the tibia relative to the femur; generalized knee stability
  • Blood Supplymiddle geniculate artery
  • Sensory Innervation posterior articular nerve

The PCL is composed of two bundles: the anterolateral bundle and the posteromedial bundle

Anterolateral Bundle of the PCL

  • Taut in knee flexion
  • Lax in knee extension

Posteromedial bundle of the PCL

  • Taut in knee extension
  • Lax in knee flexion

Types of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Acute PCL injury

  • Isolated injury – Symptoms are often vague and minimal, with patients often not even feeling or noticing the injury. Minimal pain, swelling, instability and full range of motion is present, as well as a near-normal gait pattern.
  • Combination with other ligamentous injuries – Symptoms differ according to the extent of the knee injury. This includes swelling, pain, a feeling of instability, limited range of motion and difficulty with mobilisation. Bruising may also be present.

Chronic PCL injury

Patients with a chronic PCL injury are not always able to recall a mechanism of injury. Common complaints are discomfort with weight-bearing in a semi flexed position (e.g. climbing stairs or squatting) and aching in the knee when walking long distances. Complaints of instability are also often present, mostly when walking on an uneven surface. Retropatellar pain and pain in the medial compartment of the knee may also be present. Potential swelling and stiffness depend on the degree of associated chondral damage.

Ligaments

  • anterior cruciate ligament tear
      • anterior tibial translocation sign
      • deep lateral sulcus sign
      • positive PCL line sign
      • reconstruction
        • radiographic evaluation
        • complications
          • cyclops lesion
          • tibial tunnel cyst
  • anterior cruciate ligament ganglion cyst
  • anterior cruciate ligament mucoid degeneration
  • posterior cruciate ligament tear
  • medial collateral ligament tear
  • lateral collateral ligament tear
  • medial patellofemoral ligament tear
  • posterolateral corner injury
  • posteromedial corner injury

Tendons

  • patellar tendon rupture
  • quadriceps tendon rupture

Meniscal lesions

  • meniscal tear
      • longitudinal tear
        • horizontal tear
        • longitudinal tear
          • Wrisberg rip
      • radial tear
        • ghost meniscus
      • root tear
      • displaced tear
        • flap tear
        • bucket-handle tear
        • parrot beak tear
      • signs
        • absent bow tie sign
        • double PCL sign
        • Jack and Jill lesion
        • two-slice-touch rule
      • MRI grading system for meniscal signal intensity
  • meniscal contusion
  • meniscal extrusion
  • meniscal/parameniscal cyst
  • meniscal flounce
  • meniscal fraying
  • meniscal maceration
  • meniscocapsular separation
    • ramp lesion
    • floating meniscus
  • bursosynovial lesions
    • infrapatellar bursitis
    • pes anserinus bursitis
    • prepatellar bursitis
    • medial patellar plica syndrome
Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Knee Joint Ligaments Anatomy Knee And Ankle Anatomy Musculoskeletal With Seegmiller At – Human Anatomy Library

Causes of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

PCL tears are commonly seen in contact sports and non-contact sports. They often occur when:

  • Motor vehicle accidents – A “dashboard injury” occurs when the driver’s or passenger’s bent knee slams against the dashboard, pushing in the shinbone just below the knee and causing the posterior cruciate ligament to tear.
  • Contact sports – Athletes in sports such as football and soccer can tear their posterior cruciate ligament when they fall on a bent knee with their foot pointed down. The shinbone hits the ground first and it moves backward. Being tackled when your knee is bent also can cause this injury.
  • The knee is hit directly – especially during sports like soccer, rugby, and football
  • A person lands on a bent knee – such as during a fall or misstep
  • Landing directly on the front of the shinbone – such as when a dancer comes down from a leap and falls
  • A person makes cutting or pivoting maneuvers – such as when an athlete plants a foot and shifts directions
  • A person lands on one leg – which can happen after a jump in basketball or volleyball
  • A direct blow to the bent knee in an automobile injury
  • A sports-related injury in which the knee bends
  • Pulling on the ligament in a twisting injury or hyperextension
  • A misstep on uneven terrain

Symptoms of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury/PCL Injury Tear

The typical symptoms of a posterior cruciate ligament injury are:

  • Sharp or dull pain around the back of the knee – This can occur immediately or develop in the hours or days after the injury.
  • Swelling – Bleeding around the torn ligament may result in swelling. Swelling typically occurs within 2 to 3 hours of the injury.
  • Stiffness – Swelling may cause the knee to become stiff. A person may have trouble bending the knee, resulting in a limp or difficulty going up or down stairs.
  • Difficulty bearing weight – The injured knee may be difficult or painful to stand or walk on, especially for long periods of time.
  • Knee instability – Mild or moderate sprains may cause very little or no knee instability, while more severe sprains may cause a person to feel as if the knee is about to buckle or give out. In some cases, knee instability is a sign of an undiagnosed PCL tear that occurred months or even years earlier.
  • The back of the knee may be warm to the touch – This is due to bleeding within the knee joint caused by the injury.
  • Tenderness around the knee joint – The knee joint, particularly the back of the knee, may be tender or sensitive to touch.
  • Knee tingling or numbness – In more severe PCL injuries, people may report the feeling of tingling or numbness around the knee joint
  • The back of the knee may be warm to the touch – This is due to bleeding within the knee joint caused by the injury.
  • Tenderness around the knee joint – The knee joint, particularly the back of the knee, may be tender or sensitive to touch.
  • Knee tingling or numbness – In more severe PCL injuries, people may report the feeling of tingling or numbness around the knee joint.
  • Mild knee swelling, with or without the knee giving out when you walk or stand, and with or without limitation of motion
  • Mild pain at the back of the knee that feels worse when you kneel
  • Pain in the front of the knee when you run or try to slow down — This symptom may begin one to two weeks after the injury or even later.
  • Pain with swelling that occurs steadily and quickly after the injury
  • Swelling that makes the knee stiff and may cause a limp
  • Difficulty walking
  • The knee feels unstable, like it may “give out”

Diagnosis of PCL Injury Tear

History and Physical

Patients often will present with complaints of acute onset of posterior knee pain, swelling, and instability.  A thorough history includes the mechanism of injury, such as trauma from falling onto a flexed knee or recent motor vehicle accident.  There may or may not be a complaint of a “pop” with PCL tears like those frequently reported with ACL tears.

A thorough knee exam should be performed, including gait assessment. The neurovascular integrity of the lower extremity distal to the injury should also be assessed.

  • Inspection – Affected knee will often present with mild to moderate joint effusion. Swelling is usually less than an ACL tear. Patients may present with antalgic gait on examination with obvious favoring of affected knee. They may have difficulty walking up or down stairs or at an incline. There may be a positive sag test; The sag test is performed with the patient supine, hip flexed to 45 degrees, and knee flexed to 90 degrees.  The tibia will be noted to sag distally relative to the femur as compared to the opposite knee.
  • Palpation – There may be an effusion on physical exam.
  • Muscle strength testing – Strength should be normal, but there may be weakness with knee extension and flexion secondary to guarding.
  • ROM – The passive range of motion may be limited 10 to 20 degrees with flexion. It may be further decreased with other concomitant injuries such as meniscal, muscular, or ligamentous etiology.
  • Special Testing – The posterior drawer test is the most accurate test for assessing PCL integrity.  It is performed with the patient in the supine position with the hip flexed to 45 degrees and knee flexed to 90 degrees. A posterior force is applied to the proximal tibia with one hand with stabilization of the femur with the other. Ligamentous and meniscal testing should be performed to assess the integrity of other structure of the knee. The Dial test can be performed to distinguish isolated PCL injuries with an associated posterolateral joint capsule, popliteus, medial collateral ligament, and posterior oblique ligament injuries.
  • The posterolateral drawer test – external rotation recurvatum test, and reverse pivot shift test can also be used to assess injuries to the posterolateral structures. However, a positive external rotation recurvatum test is more indicative of an ACL injury than a PCL injury and the reverse pivot shift test should be used with care because the test may yield positive results in about 30% of normal knees.

Posterior drawer test

  • The test is performed with the person lying on his or her back.
  • The examiner will ask the person to bend their hip to 45º with foot flat) and knee to 90º.
  • He or she will lean lightly on the person’s foot to stabilize the leg.
  • The examiner will wrap both hands around the joint line of the knee and attempt to move the tibia (shin bone) backwards.
  • This movement may be done several times to confirm the diagnosis.

By putting pressure on the shin bone, the doctor will be able to gauge resistance from the PCL; an injured PCL will have less resistance than an uninjured ligament, causing the tibia to move backwards.

Posterior sag sign test

posterior sag test, where, in contrast to the drawer test, no active force is applied. Rather, the person lies supine with the leg held by another person so that the hip is flexed to 90 degrees and the knee 90 degrees.[rx] The main parameter in this test is step-off, which is the shortest distance from the femur to a hypothetical line that tangents the surface of the tibia from the tibial tuberosity and upwards. Normally, the step-off is approximately 1 cm, but is decreased (Grade I) or even absent (Grade II) or inverse (Grade III) in injuries to the posterior cruciate ligament.[rx]

  • This test is performed with the person laying on his or her back.
  • The doctor will bend the affected knee so that it and the hip are each at a 90º angle, with the foot in the air, and hold the heel for support.
  • If there is an increased posterior sag in the affected knee (due to gravity), a PCL tear is likely present.

A doctor may also perform physical tests to determine if any other structures in the knee have been damaged. In addition to a physical exam, the doctor may order an x-ray or other medical imaging.

In some cases, your doctor may suggest one or more of the following imaging tests:

  • X-ray – While an X-ray can’t detect ligament damage, it can reveal bone fractures. People with posterior cruciate ligament injuries sometimes have breaks in which a small chunk of bone, attached to the ligament, pulls away from the main bone (avulsion fracture).
  • MRI scan – This painless procedure uses radio waves and a strong magnetic field to create computer images of the soft tissues of your body. An MRI scan can clearly show a posterior cruciate ligament tear and determine if other knee ligaments or cartilage also are injured.
  • Arthroscopy – If it’s unclear how extensive your knee injury is, your doctor might use a surgical technique called arthroscopy to look inside your knee joint. A tiny video camera is inserted into your knee joint through a small incision. The doctor views images of the inside of the joint on a computer monitor or TV screen.

Stage

Injuries to ligaments are referred to as “sprains.” These sprains are graded according to the severity of the injury.

  • Grade 1 sprains are injuries to the ligament where only mild damage has occurred. The ligament has been stretched slightly, but is still capable of providing stability to the knee joint.
  • Grade 2 sprains occur when the ligament is stretched to the point of permanent laxity and some tearing of the ligament has occurred. This type of sprain is often referred to as a partial tear.
  • Grade 3 sprains are complete tears of the ligament. In a grade 3 sprain, the ligament has been split into two pieces, making the knee unstable.

PCL Injuries are commonly seen in conjunction with injuries to other structures of the knee. The most commonly missed associated injury is an injury to the posterolateral corner of the knee.

Treatment of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury/PCL Injury Tear

Nonsurgical Treatment Options for PCL Injuries

Less severe posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) tears of the knee generally heal well without surgery. Immediately after the injury, management consists of the RICE method:

  • Rest – Any activities that causes knee pain, such as running or walking, should be avoided until symptoms are relieved.
  • Ice – A person may be advised to apply ice to the area to help reduce pain and swelling. Ice can be applied several times throughout the day for about 10 to 20 minutes at a time.
  • Compression – Swelling can be managed by wearing an elastic bandage around the affected knee.
  • Elevation – Keeping the knee supported above the waist can help with swelling.
  • Wear a knee brace – A knee brace provides stability and restricts side-to-side movement. Some people may choose to wear a functional knee brace, which allows for more movement, when they return to activity.
  • Use crutches – Crutches may be recommended to keep weight off the injured knee.

Physical therapist

  • A physical therapist will focus on improving mobility, strength, flexibility, and balance, which can help speed up recovery time and improve performance once the injury has healed.
  • Walking (weight-bearing) is initiated as soon as possible.
  • Knee straightening (extension) and bending (flexion) are encouraged. Pool therapy is helpful.
  • Stationary cycling is initiated as soon as adequate motion is achieved.
  • Quadriceps strengthening exercises are started, such as standing squats with toe raises and leg press.
  • Hamstring exercise may be modified for 6 months.
  • Surgery is avoided in most cases unless other major ligaments are disrupted.

Medication

  • Antibiotic – Cefuroxime or Azithromycin, or  Flucloxacillin or any others cephalosporin/quinolone antibiotic must be used to prevent infection or clotted blood remove to prevent furthers swelling and edema.
  • NSAIDs – Prescription-strength drugs that reduce both pain and inflammation. Pain medicines and anti-inflammatory drugs help to relieve pain and stiffness, allowing for increased mobility and exercise. There are many common over-the-counter medicines called non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). They include and KetorolacAceclofenacNaproxen, Etoricoxib.
  • Corticosteroids – Also known as oral steroids, these medications reduce inflammation.
  • Muscle Relaxants –  These medications provide relief from associated muscle spasms.
  • Neuropathic Agents – Drugs(pregabalin & gabapentin) that address neuropathic—or nerve-related—pain. This includes burning, numbness, and tingling.
  • Opioids – Also known as narcotics, these medications are intense pain relievers that should only be used under a doctor’s careful supervision.
  • Topical Medications – These prescription-strength creams, gels, ointments, patches, and sprays help relieve pain and inflammation through the skin.
  • Calcium & vitamin D3 – to improve bone health and healing fracture. As a general rule, men and women age 50 and older should consume 1,200 milligrams of calcium a day, and 600 international units of vitamin D a day.
  • Antidepressants – A drug that blocks pain messages from your brain and boosts the effects of endorphins (your body’s natural painkillers).
  • Glucosamine & DiacereinChondroitin sulfate – can be used to tightening the loose tension, cartilage, ligament, and cartilage, ligament regenerates cartilage or inhabits the further degeneration of cartilage, ligament. They are structural components of articular cartilage, and the thought is that a supplement will aid in the health of articular cartilage.
  • Intra-articular corticosteroid injections – may be useful for symptomatic PCL injury especially where there is a considerable inflammatory component. The delivery of the corticosteroid directly into the knee may reduce local inflammation associated with osteoarthritis and minimize the systemic effects of the steroid.
  • Intra-articular hyaluronic acid injections (HA) – injections are another injectable option for knee PCL injury. HA is a glycosaminoglycan that is found throughout the human body and is an important component of synovial fluid and articular cartilage. HA breaks down during the process of  PCL injury and contributes to the loss of articular cartilage as well as stiffness and pain. Local delivery of HA into the joint acts as a lubricant and may help increase the natural production of HA in the joint.

Surgery

Arthroscopic transtibial technique

  • standard arthroscopic portals with an accessory posteromedial portal posteromedial portal is placed 1 cm proximal to the joint line posterior to the MCL avoid injury to branches of the saphenous nerve during placement.
  • posteromedial corner of the knee is best visualized with a 70° arthroscope either through the notch (modified Gillquist view) or using a posteromedial portal transtibial drilling anterior to posterior
  • fix graft in 90° flexion with an anterior drawer results in knee biomechanics similar to native knee risk to popliteal vessels

Open (tibial inlay)

  • uses a posteromedial incision between medial head of gastrocnemius and semimembranosus used for ORIF of bony avulsion biomechanical advantage with a decrease in the “killer turn” with less graft attenuation and failure  screw fixation of the graft bone block is within 20 mm of the popliteal artery.

Single-bundle technique

  • arthroscopic or open reconstruct the anterolateral bundle tension at 90° of flexion

Double-bundle technique

  • arthroscopic or open techniques may be utilized anterolateral bundle tensioned in 90° of flexion posteromedial bundle tensioned in extension biomechanical advantage with knee function in flexion and extension clinical advantage has yet to be determined may be advantageous to perform with combined PCL/PLC injuries for better rotational control as PLC reconstructions typically loosen over time.

Rehabilitation of PCL Injury Tear

Conservative management with Physiotherapy management

Grade 1 & II injuries

Two weeks of relative immobilisation of the knee (in a locked range of motion brace) is recommended by orthopaedic surgeons. Physiotherapy in this time period includes

  • Partial to full weight-bearing mobilisation
  • Reduce pain and inflammation
  • Reducing knee joint effusion
  • Restore knee range of motion
  • Knee strengthening (especially protective quadriceps rehabilitation)
    • Strengthening the quadriceps is a key factor in a successful recovery, as the quadriceps can take the place of the PCL to a certain extent to prevent the femur from moving too far forward over the tibia.
    • Hamstring strengthening can be included
    • Important to incorporate eccentric strengthening of the lower limb muscles
    • Closed chain exercises
  • Activity modification until pain and swelling subsides

After 2 weeks (on the orthopaedic surgeon’s recommendation)

  • Progress to full weight-bearing mobilisation
  • Weaning of range of motion brace
  • Proprioception, balance and coordination
  • Agility programme when strength and endurance has been regained and the neuromuscular control increased
  • Return to play between 2 and 4 weeks of injury

Grade III injuries

The knee is immobilised in range of motion brace, locked in extension, for 2-4 weeks. Physiotherapy management in this time includes:

  • Activity modification
  • Quadriceps rehabilitation
    • Initially isometric quadriceps exercises and straight-leg raises (SLR)

After 2-4 weeks

  • Avoid isolated hamstring strengthening
  • Active-assisted knee flexion <70°
  • Progress weight-bearing within pain limits
  • Quadriceps rehabilitation: Promote dynamic stabilisation and counteract posterior tibial subluxation
    • Closed chain exercises
    • Open kinetic chain eccentric exercises and eventually
    • Progress to functional exercises such as stationary cycling, leg press, elliptical exercises and stair climbing

Return to play is sport specific, and only after 3 months.

Chronic injuries

  • Chronic PCL injuries can be adequately treated with physiotherapy. A range of motion brace is used, initially set to prevent the terminal 15° of extension. After a while the brace is opened to full extension.

Post-operative rehabilitation

Post-operative rehabilitation typically lasts 6 to 9 months. The duration of each of the five phases and the total duration of the rehabilitation depends on the age and physical level of the patient, as well as the success of the operation. Also see page on PCL reconstruction.

General Guidelines for the post-operative PCL rehabilitation

  • Mobility should be restricted from 0-90 degrees in the first two weeks then facilitated gradually to full ROM.
  • Involved leg should be in non-weight bearing for the first 6 weeks then placed in mobilizer brace and progressed to rebound PCL brace for 6 months.
  • Avoid isolated hamstrings contraction for 4 months due to the hamstrings force in drawing tibia posteriorly which can apply an elongation force on the PCL graft causing instability
  • Avoid unsupported knee flexion for 4 months to prevent any posterior drawing forces on tibia.

Phase I: Early Post-operative phase

Early mobilisation and placing sub-maximal strain on graft lead to better outcomes.

Objectives of maximal protection and early rehabilitation:

  • Restore joint homeostasis
  • Scar tissue management
  • Restore joint ROM
  • Re-train quadriceps
  • Create an effective plan for your patient

Strategies of rehabilitation:

  • Perform ROM exercises from prone position to avoid posterior tibial sag and graft elongation
  • Teach patient to perform Quadriceps contraction/sets from day 1 post surgery if the patient is not on strong pain medications.
  • Patellofemoral mobilisation is important to prevent scarring and preserve joint volume for full range of flexion and extension
  • Ice and elevation for swelling and inflammation management
  • Progressing by applying strategies for increasing ROM and terminal knee extension

One of the huge advancement of PCL management is the utilisation of Dynamic PCL braces. This option may not always be available but if found make sure to utilise it. It’s a spring loaded brace aiming to place an anterior force on the tibia preventing posterior tibial sag and graft elongation by placing the graft in a shortened position. Immediately after surgery, it is recommended to place the leg in a mobiliser braces then progress to a dynamic brace once swelling is subsided. It should be used all the time and only taken off to perform exercises for 6 months. Then move into more functional bracing, worn all the time for 12 months.

Building weight bearing tolerance after 6 weeks of non weight bearing (NWB) should take place gradually and progressively between week 7-8 .

Phase II: Later Post-operative Rehabilitation

Begins 8 weeks after surgery. The aim is to create a plan for the patient to prepare them for returning to pre-operative functional capacity by addressing all MSK deficits.

Areas to address in late post-operative rehabilitation and suggested time-frames:

  • Muscular endurance (weeks:9-16)
  • Strength (weeks 17-22)
  • Power (weeks 23-28) with running progression if it needed (weeks 25-28)
  • Speed and agility (weeks 29-32 )
  • Return to training (week 33).
  • Return to sport : It varies from a sport to another but on average takes about with 3-4 weeks of training. Return to play around 36th week.

How can you care for yourself at home?

  • Put ice or a cold pack on your knee for 10 to 20 minutes at a time. Try to do this every 1 to 2 hours (when you’re awake) for the first 3 days after your injury or until the swelling goes down. Put a thin cloth between the ice and your skin.
  • Prop up your leg on a pillow when you ice it or anytime you sit or lie down. Do this for about 3 days after your injury. Try to keep your knee above the level of your heart. This will help reduce swelling.
  • Take anti-inflammatory medicines to reduce pain and swelling. These include ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin) and naproxen (Aleve). Be safe with medicines. Read and follow all instructions on the label.
  • Follow instructions about how much weight you can put on your leg and how to walk with crutches, if your doctor recommends them.
  • Wear a brace, if your doctor recommends it, to protect and support your knee while it heals. Wear it as directed.
  • Do stretches or strength exercises as your doctor suggests.

References

ByRx Harun

Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury – Symptoms, Treatment

Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury (PCL) is one of the four major ligaments of the knee joint that functions to stabilize the tibia on the femur. It originates from the anterolateral aspect of the medial femoral condyle in the area of the intercondylar notch and inserts onto the posterior aspect of the tibial plateau. It functions to prevent posterior translation of the tibia on the femur. To a lesser extent, the PCL functions to resist varus, valgus, and external rotation forces. It is approximately 1.3 to 2 times as thick and about twice as strong as the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) and, consequently, less commonly subject to injury.

The posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) is the largest and strongest ligament in the human knee, and the primary posterior stabilizer. Recent anatomy and biomechanical studies have provided an improved understanding of PCL function. PCL injuries are typically combined with other ligamentous, meniscal and chondral injuries. Stress radiography has become an important and validated objective measure in surgical decision making and post-operative assessment. Isolated grade I or II PCL injuries can usually be treated non-operatively. However, when acute grade III PCL ruptures occur together with other ligamentous injury and/or repairable meniscal body/root tears, surgery is indicated. Anatomic single-bundle PCL reconstruction (SB-PCLR) typically restores the larger anterolateral bundle (ALB) and represents the most commonly performed procedure.

Anatomy

The PCL is the largest and strongest intraarticular ligament of the knee joint, comprising of 2 functional bundles: the larger anterolateral bundle (ALB) and the smaller posteromedial bundle (PMB) (). The size of the femoral attachment of the ALB is nearly twice the size of its tibial attachment and has been reported to range from 112 to 118 mm2 (). The center of the femoral ALB footprint is located 7.4 mm from the trochlear point, 11.0 mm from the medial arch point, and 7.9 mm from the distal articular cartilage. Furthermore, ALB tibial attachment center is located 6.1 mm posterior to the shiny white fibers of the posterior medial meniscus root, 4.9 mm from the bundle ridge (which separates both bundles), and 10.7 mm from the champagne glass drop-off of the posterior tibia ().

The area of the PMB femoral attachment is between 60 mm2 and 90 mm2 in size and is located between the anterior and posterior meniscofemoral ligaments. The femoral PMB center is located 11.1 mm from the medial arch point and 10.8 mm from the posterior point of the articular cartilage margin. Meanwhile, the PMB tibial attachment center is located 4.4 mm anterior to the champagne glass drop-off of the posterior tibia and 3.1 mm lateral from the medial groove of the medial tibial plateau articular surface (). These measures have biomechanical and surgical implications, because an anatomic reconstruction of the ALB and PMB better restores native knee kinematics and has been reported to improve clinical outcomes

Posterior Cruciate Ligament

  • Origin the posterior intercondylar region of the tibia
  • Insertion  the anterolateral margin of the medial condyle of the femur
  • Function prevention of posterior translation of the tibia relative to the femur; generalized knee stability
  • Blood Supplymiddle geniculate artery
  • Sensory Innervation posterior articular nerve

The PCL is composed of two bundles: the anterolateral bundle and the posteromedial bundle

Anterolateral Bundle of the PCL

  • Taut in knee flexion
  • Lax in knee extension

Posteromedial bundle of the PCL

  • Taut in knee extension
  • Lax in knee flexion

Types of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Acute PCL injury

  • Isolated injury – Symptoms are often vague and minimal, with patients often not even feeling or noticing the injury. Minimal pain, swelling, instability and full range of motion is present, as well as a near-normal gait pattern.
  • Combination with other ligamentous injuries – Symptoms differ according to the extent of the knee injury. This includes swelling, pain, a feeling of instability, limited range of motion and difficulty with mobilisation. Bruising may also be present.

Chronic PCL injury

Patients with a chronic PCL injury are not always able to recall a mechanism of injury. Common complaints are discomfort with weight-bearing in a semi flexed position (e.g. climbing stairs or squatting) and aching in the knee when walking long distances. Complaints of instability are also often present, mostly when walking on an uneven surface. Retropatellar pain and pain in the medial compartment of the knee may also be present. Potential swelling and stiffness depend on the degree of associated chondral damage.

Ligaments

  • anterior cruciate ligament tear
      • anterior tibial translocation sign
      • deep lateral sulcus sign
      • positive PCL line sign
      • reconstruction
        • radiographic evaluation
        • complications
          • cyclops lesion
          • tibial tunnel cyst
  • anterior cruciate ligament ganglion cyst
  • anterior cruciate ligament mucoid degeneration
  • posterior cruciate ligament tear
  • medial collateral ligament tear
  • lateral collateral ligament tear
  • medial patellofemoral ligament tear
  • posterolateral corner injury
  • posteromedial corner injury

Tendons

  • patellar tendon rupture
  • quadriceps tendon rupture

Meniscal lesions

  • meniscal tear
      • longitudinal tear
        • horizontal tear
        • longitudinal tear
          • Wrisberg rip
      • radial tear
        • ghost meniscus
      • root tear
      • displaced tear
        • flap tear
        • bucket-handle tear
        • parrot beak tear
      • signs
        • absent bow tie sign
        • double PCL sign
        • Jack and Jill lesion
        • two-slice-touch rule
      • MRI grading system for meniscal signal intensity
  • meniscal contusion
  • meniscal extrusion
  • meniscal/parameniscal cyst
  • meniscal flounce
  • meniscal fraying
  • meniscal maceration
  • meniscocapsular separation
    • ramp lesion
    • floating meniscus
  • bursosynovial lesions
    • infrapatellar bursitis
    • pes anserinus bursitis
    • prepatellar bursitis
    • medial patellar plica syndrome
Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Knee Joint Ligaments Anatomy Knee And Ankle Anatomy Musculoskeletal With Seegmiller At – Human Anatomy Library

Causes of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

PCL tears are commonly seen in contact sports and non-contact sports. They often occur when:

  • Motor vehicle accidents – A “dashboard injury” occurs when the driver’s or passenger’s bent knee slams against the dashboard, pushing in the shinbone just below the knee and causing the posterior cruciate ligament to tear.
  • Contact sports – Athletes in sports such as football and soccer can tear their posterior cruciate ligament when they fall on a bent knee with their foot pointed down. The shinbone hits the ground first and it moves backward. Being tackled when your knee is bent also can cause this injury.
  • The knee is hit directly – especially during sports like soccer, rugby, and football
  • A person lands on a bent knee – such as during a fall or misstep
  • Landing directly on the front of the shinbone – such as when a dancer comes down from a leap and falls
  • A person makes cutting or pivoting maneuvers – such as when an athlete plants a foot and shifts directions
  • A person lands on one leg – which can happen after a jump in basketball or volleyball
  • A direct blow to the bent knee in an automobile injury
  • A sports-related injury in which the knee bends
  • Pulling on the ligament in a twisting injury or hyperextension
  • A misstep on uneven terrain

Symptoms of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

The typical symptoms of a posterior cruciate ligament injury are:

  • Sharp or dull pain around the back of the knee – This can occur immediately or develop in the hours or days after the injury.
  • Swelling – Bleeding around the torn ligament may result in swelling. Swelling typically occurs within 2 to 3 hours of the injury.
  • Stiffness – Swelling may cause the knee to become stiff. A person may have trouble bending the knee, resulting in a limp or difficulty going up or down stairs.
  • Difficulty bearing weight – The injured knee may be difficult or painful to stand or walk on, especially for long periods of time.
  • Knee instability – Mild or moderate sprains may cause very little or no knee instability, while more severe sprains may cause a person to feel as if the knee is about to buckle or give out. In some cases, knee instability is a sign of an undiagnosed PCL tear that occurred months or even years earlier.
  • The back of the knee may be warm to the touch – This is due to bleeding within the knee joint caused by the injury.
  • Tenderness around the knee joint – The knee joint, particularly the back of the knee, may be tender or sensitive to touch.
  • Knee tingling or numbness – In more severe PCL injuries, people may report the feeling of tingling or numbness around the knee joint
  • The back of the knee may be warm to the touch – This is due to bleeding within the knee joint caused by the injury.
  • Tenderness around the knee joint – The knee joint, particularly the back of the knee, may be tender or sensitive to touch.
  • Knee tingling or numbness – In more severe PCL injuries, people may report the feeling of tingling or numbness around the knee joint.
  • Mild knee swelling, with or without the knee giving out when you walk or stand, and with or without limitation of motion
  • Mild pain at the back of the knee that feels worse when you kneel
  • Pain in the front of the knee when you run or try to slow down — This symptom may begin one to two weeks after the injury or even later.
  • Pain with swelling that occurs steadily and quickly after the injury
  • Swelling that makes the knee stiff and may cause a limp
  • Difficulty walking
  • The knee feels unstable, like it may “give out”

Diagnosis of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

History and Physical

Patients often will present with complaints of acute onset of posterior knee pain, swelling, and instability.  A thorough history includes the mechanism of injury, such as trauma from falling onto a flexed knee or recent motor vehicle accident.  There may or may not be a complaint of a “pop” with PCL tears like those frequently reported with ACL tears.

A thorough knee exam should be performed, including gait assessment. The neurovascular integrity of the lower extremity distal to the injury should also be assessed.

  • Inspection – Affected knee will often present with mild to moderate joint effusion. Swelling is usually less than an ACL tear. Patients may present with antalgic gait on examination with obvious favoring of affected knee. They may have difficulty walking up or down stairs or at an incline. There may be a positive sag test; The sag test is performed with the patient supine, hip flexed to 45 degrees, and knee flexed to 90 degrees.  The tibia will be noted to sag distally relative to the femur as compared to the opposite knee.
  • Palpation – There may be an effusion on physical exam.
  • Muscle strength testing – Strength should be normal, but there may be weakness with knee extension and flexion secondary to guarding.
  • ROM – The passive range of motion may be limited 10 to 20 degrees with flexion. It may be further decreased with other concomitant injuries such as meniscal, muscular, or ligamentous etiology.
  • Special Testing – The posterior drawer test is the most accurate test for assessing PCL integrity.  It is performed with the patient in the supine position with the hip flexed to 45 degrees and knee flexed to 90 degrees. A posterior force is applied to the proximal tibia with one hand with stabilization of the femur with the other. Ligamentous and meniscal testing should be performed to assess the integrity of other structure of the knee. The Dial test can be performed to distinguish isolated PCL injuries with an associated posterolateral joint capsule, popliteus, medial collateral ligament, and posterior oblique ligament injuries.
  • The posterolateral drawer test – external rotation recurvatum test, and reverse pivot shift test can also be used to assess injuries to the posterolateral structures. However, a positive external rotation recurvatum test is more indicative of an ACL injury than a PCL injury and the reverse pivot shift test should be used with care because the test may yield positive results in about 30% of normal knees.

Posterior drawer test

  • The test is performed with the person lying on his or her back.
  • The examiner will ask the person to bend their hip to 45º with foot flat) and knee to 90º.
  • He or she will lean lightly on the person’s foot to stabilize the leg.
  • The examiner will wrap both hands around the joint line of the knee and attempt to move the tibia (shin bone) backwards.
  • This movement may be done several times to confirm the diagnosis.

By putting pressure on the shin bone, the doctor will be able to gauge resistance from the PCL; an injured PCL will have less resistance than an uninjured ligament, causing the tibia to move backwards.

Posterior sag sign test

posterior sag test, where, in contrast to the drawer test, no active force is applied. Rather, the person lies supine with the leg held by another person so that the hip is flexed to 90 degrees and the knee 90 degrees.[rx] The main parameter in this test is step-off, which is the shortest distance from the femur to a hypothetical line that tangents the surface of the tibia from the tibial tuberosity and upwards. Normally, the step-off is approximately 1 cm, but is decreased (Grade I) or even absent (Grade II) or inverse (Grade III) in injuries to the posterior cruciate ligament.[rx]

  • This test is performed with the person laying on his or her back.
  • The doctor will bend the affected knee so that it and the hip are each at a 90º angle, with the foot in the air, and hold the heel for support.
  • If there is an increased posterior sag in the affected knee (due to gravity), a PCL tear is likely present.

A doctor may also perform physical tests to determine if any other structures in the knee have been damaged. In addition to a physical exam, the doctor may order an x-ray or other medical imaging.

In some cases, your doctor may suggest one or more of the following imaging tests:

  • X-ray – While an X-ray can’t detect ligament damage, it can reveal bone fractures. People with posterior cruciate ligament injuries sometimes have breaks in which a small chunk of bone, attached to the ligament, pulls away from the main bone (avulsion fracture).
  • MRI scan – This painless procedure uses radio waves and a strong magnetic field to create computer images of the soft tissues of your body. An MRI scan can clearly show a posterior cruciate ligament tear and determine if other knee ligaments or cartilage also are injured.
  • Arthroscopy – If it’s unclear how extensive your knee injury is, your doctor might use a surgical technique called arthroscopy to look inside your knee joint. A tiny video camera is inserted into your knee joint through a small incision. The doctor views images of the inside of the joint on a computer monitor or TV screen.

Stage

Injuries to ligaments are referred to as “sprains.” These sprains are graded according to the severity of the injury.

  • Grade 1 sprains are injuries to the ligament where only mild damage has occurred. The ligament has been stretched slightly, but is still capable of providing stability to the knee joint.
  • Grade 2 sprains occur when the ligament is stretched to the point of permanent laxity and some tearing of the ligament has occurred. This type of sprain is often referred to as a partial tear.
  • Grade 3 sprains are complete tears of the ligament. In a grade 3 sprain, the ligament has been split into two pieces, making the knee unstable.

PCL Injuries are commonly seen in conjunction with injuries to other structures of the knee. The most commonly missed associated injury is an injury to the posterolateral corner of the knee.

Treatment of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Nonsurgical Treatment Options for PCL Injuries

Less severe posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) tears of the knee generally heal well without surgery. Immediately after the injury, management consists of the RICE method:

  • Rest – Any activities that causes knee pain, such as running or walking, should be avoided until symptoms are relieved.
  • Ice – A person may be advised to apply ice to the area to help reduce pain and swelling. Ice can be applied several times throughout the day for about 10 to 20 minutes at a time.
  • Compression – Swelling can be managed by wearing an elastic bandage around the affected knee.
  • Elevation – Keeping the knee supported above the waist can help with swelling.
  • Wear a knee brace – A knee brace provides stability and restricts side-to-side movement. Some people may choose to wear a functional knee brace, which allows for more movement, when they return to activity.
  • Use crutches – Crutches may be recommended to keep weight off the injured knee.

Physical Therapy

  • A physical therapist will focus on improving mobility, strength, flexibility, and balance, which can help speed up recovery time and improve performance once the injury has healed.
  • Walking (weight-bearing) is initiated as soon as possible.
  • Knee straightening (extension) and bending (flexion) are encouraged. Pool therapy is helpful.
  • Stationary cycling is initiated as soon as adequate motion is achieved.
  • Quadriceps strengthening exercises are started, such as standing squats with toe raises and leg press.
  • Hamstring exercise may be modified for 6 months.
  • Surgery is avoided in most cases unless other major ligaments are disrupted.

Medication

  • Antibiotic – Cefuroxime or Azithromycin, or  Flucloxacillin or any others cephalosporin/quinolone antibiotic must be used to prevent infection or clotted blood remove to prevent furthers swelling and edema.
  • NSAIDs – Prescription-strength drugs that reduce both pain and inflammation. Pain medicines and anti-inflammatory drugs help to relieve pain and stiffness, allowing for increased mobility and exercise. There are many common over-the-counter medicines called non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). They include and KetorolacAceclofenacNaproxen, Etoricoxib.
  • Corticosteroids – Also known as oral steroids, these medications reduce inflammation.
  • Muscle Relaxants –  These medications provide relief from associated muscle spasms.
  • Neuropathic Agents – Drugs(pregabalin & gabapentin) that address neuropathic—or nerve-related—pain. This includes burning, numbness, and tingling.
  • Opioids – Also known as narcotics, these medications are intense pain relievers that should only be used under a doctor’s careful supervision.
  • Topical Medications – These prescription-strength creams, gels, ointments, patches, and sprays help relieve pain and inflammation through the skin.
  • Calcium & vitamin D3 – to improve bone health and healing fracture. As a general rule, men and women age 50 and older should consume 1,200 milligrams of calcium a day, and 600 international units of vitamin D a day.
  • Antidepressants – A drug that blocks pain messages from your brain and boosts the effects of endorphins (your body’s natural painkillers).
  • Glucosamine & DiacereinChondroitin sulfate – can be used to tightening the loose tension, cartilage, ligament, and cartilage, ligament regenerates cartilage or inhabits the further degeneration of cartilage, ligament. They are structural components of articular cartilage, and the thought is that a supplement will aid in the health of articular cartilage.
  • Intra-articular corticosteroid injections – may be useful for symptomatic PCL injury especially where there is a considerable inflammatory component. The delivery of the corticosteroid directly into the knee may reduce local inflammation associated with osteoarthritis and minimize the systemic effects of the steroid.
  • Intra-articular hyaluronic acid injections (HA) – injections are another injectable option for knee PCL injury. HA is a glycosaminoglycan that is found throughout the human body and is an important component of synovial fluid and articular cartilage. HA breaks down during the process of  PCL injury and contributes to the loss of articular cartilage as well as stiffness and pain. Local delivery of HA into the joint acts as a lubricant and may help increase the natural production of HA in the joint.

Surgery

Arthroscopic transtibial technique

  • standard arthroscopic portals with an accessory posteromedial portal posteromedial portal is placed 1 cm proximal to the joint line posterior to the MCL avoid injury to branches of the saphenous nerve during placement.
  • posteromedial corner of the knee is best visualized with a 70° arthroscope either through the notch (modified Gillquist view) or using a posteromedial portal transtibial drilling anterior to posterior
  • fix graft in 90° flexion with an anterior drawer results in knee biomechanics similar to native knee risk to popliteal vessels

Open (tibial inlay)

  • uses a posteromedial incision between medial head of gastrocnemius and semimembranosus used for ORIF of bony avulsion biomechanical advantage with a decrease in the “killer turn” with less graft attenuation and failure  screw fixation of the graft bone block is within 20 mm of the popliteal artery.

Single-bundle technique

  • arthroscopic or open reconstruct the anterolateral bundle tension at 90° of flexion

Double-bundle technique

  • arthroscopic or open techniques may be utilized anterolateral bundle tensioned in 90° of flexion posteromedial bundle tensioned in extension biomechanical advantage with knee function in flexion and extension clinical advantage has yet to be determined may be advantageous to perform with combined PCL/PLC injuries for better rotational control as PLC reconstructions typically loosen over time.

Rehabilitation of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injury

Conservative management with Physiotherapy management

Grade 1 & II injuries

Two weeks of relative immobilisation of the knee (in a locked range of motion brace) is recommended by orthopaedic surgeons. Physiotherapy in this time period includes

  • Partial to full weight-bearing mobilisation
  • Reduce pain and inflammation
  • Reducing knee joint effusion
  • Restore knee range of motion
  • Knee strengthening (especially protective quadriceps rehabilitation)
    • Strengthening the quadriceps is a key factor in a successful recovery, as the quadriceps can take the place of the PCL to a certain extent to prevent the femur from moving too far forward over the tibia.
    • Hamstring strengthening can be included
    • Important to incorporate eccentric strengthening of the lower limb muscles
    • Closed chain exercises
  • Activity modification until pain and swelling subsides

After 2 weeks (on the orthopaedic surgeon’s recommendation)

  • Progress to full weight-bearing mobilisation
  • Weaning of range of motion brace
  • Proprioception, balance and coordination
  • Agility programme when strength and endurance has been regained and the neuromuscular control increased
  • Return to play between 2 and 4 weeks of injury

Grade III injuries

The knee is immobilised in range of motion brace, locked in extension, for 2-4 weeks. Physiotherapy management in this time includes:

  • Activity modification
  • Quadriceps rehabilitation
    • Initially isometric quadriceps exercises and straight-leg raises (SLR)

After 2-4 weeks

  • Avoid isolated hamstring strengthening
  • Active-assisted knee flexion <70°
  • Progress weight-bearing within pain limits
  • Quadriceps rehabilitation: Promote dynamic stabilisation and counteract posterior tibial subluxation
    • Closed chain exercises
    • Open kinetic chain eccentric exercises and eventually
    • Progress to functional exercises such as stationary cycling, leg press, elliptical exercises and stair climbing

Return to play is sport specific, and only after 3 months.

Chronic injuries

  • Chronic PCL injuries can be adequately treated with physiotherapy. A range of motion brace is used, initially set to prevent the terminal 15° of extension. After a while the brace is opened to full extension.

Post-operative rehabilitation

Post-operative rehabilitation typically lasts 6 to 9 months. The duration of each of the five phases and the total duration of the rehabilitation depends on the age and physical level of the patient, as well as the success of the operation. Also see page on PCL reconstruction.

General Guidelines for the post-operative PCL rehabilitation

  • Mobility should be restricted from 0-90 degrees in the first two weeks then facilitated gradually to full ROM.
  • Involved leg should be in non-weight bearing for the first 6 weeks then placed in mobilizer brace and progressed to rebound PCL brace for 6 months.
  • Avoid isolated hamstrings contraction for 4 months due to the hamstrings force in drawing tibia posteriorly which can apply an elongation force on the PCL graft causing instability
  • Avoid unsupported knee flexion for 4 months to prevent any posterior drawing forces on tibia.

Phase I: Early Post-operative phase

Early mobilisation and placing sub-maximal strain on graft lead to better outcomes.

Objectives of maximal protection and early rehabilitation:

  • Restore joint homeostasis
  • Scar tissue management
  • Restore joint ROM
  • Re-train quadriceps
  • Create an effective plan for your patient

Strategies of rehabilitation:

  • Perform ROM exercises from prone position to avoid posterior tibial sag and graft elongation
  • Teach patient to perform Quadriceps contraction/sets from day 1 post surgery if the patient is not on strong pain medications.
  • Patellofemoral mobilisation is important to prevent scarring and preserve joint volume for full range of flexion and extension
  • Ice and elevation for swelling and inflammation management
  • Progressing by applying strategies for increasing ROM and terminal knee extension

One of the huge advancement of PCL management is the utilisation of Dynamic PCL braces. This option may not always be available but if found make sure to utilise it. It’s a spring loaded brace aiming to place an anterior force on the tibia preventing posterior tibial sag and graft elongation by placing the graft in a shortened position. Immediately after surgery, it is recommended to place the leg in a mobiliser braces then progress to a dynamic brace once swelling is subsided. It should be used all the time and only taken off to perform exercises for 6 months. Then move into more functional bracing, worn all the time for 12 months.

Building weight bearing tolerance after 6 weeks of non weight bearing (NWB) should take place gradually and progressively between week 7-8 .

Phase II: Later Post-operative Rehabilitation

Begins 8 weeks after surgery. The aim is to create a plan for the patient to prepare them for returning to pre-operative functional capacity by addressing all MSK deficits.

Areas to address in late post-operative rehabilitation and suggested time-frames:

  • Muscular endurance (weeks:9-16)
  • Strength (weeks 17-22)
  • Power (weeks 23-28) with running progression if it needed (weeks 25-28)
  • Speed and agility (weeks 29-32 )
  • Return to training (week 33).
  • Return to sport : It varies from a sport to another but on average takes about with 3-4 weeks of training. Return to play around 36th week.

How can you care for yourself at home?

  • Put ice or a cold pack on your knee for 10 to 20 minutes at a time. Try to do this every 1 to 2 hours (when you’re awake) for the first 3 days after your injury or until the swelling goes down. Put a thin cloth between the ice and your skin.
  • Prop up your leg on a pillow when you ice it or anytime you sit or lie down. Do this for about 3 days after your injury. Try to keep your knee above the level of your heart. This will help reduce swelling.
  • Take anti-inflammatory medicines to reduce pain and swelling. These include ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin) and naproxen (Aleve). Be safe with medicines. Read and follow all instructions on the label.
  • Follow instructions about how much weight you can put on your leg and how to walk with crutches, if your doctor recommends them.
  • Wear a brace, if your doctor recommends it, to protect and support your knee while it heals. Wear it as directed.
  • Do stretches or strength exercises as your doctor suggests.

References

Translate »